Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,232 missions · 1,108 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1124Completed1108All2232
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving High Individual Service Levels Without Safety Stock? Optimal Rationing Policy of Pooled Resources I: Capacity Is Asymptotically Feasible iff E[max Σ wⱼRⱼ] ≥ Σ wⱼβⱼ for All Weights w ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

Firms that serve several customers from shared capacity must decide which demands to fulfil after demand is observed. A customer-level service commitment constrains the allocation policy even when total capacity appears adequate: serving one customer can consume resources that another customer needs. The question in this mission is how to test a fixed capacity vector against all individual service targets without first specifying a particular rationing rule. Jiang, Wang, and Zhang give a characterization for a broad family of pooled-resource models, including inventory pooling, process flexibility, and assemble-to-order systems (SSRN preprint, §§1.1–2).

The authors' model allows service to mean more than the probability of completely filling an order. It can represent the probability of full service, a fulfilled fraction relative to expected demand, or a fulfilled fraction of realized demand. Their Theorem 1 addresses asymptotic feasibility: every target can be met to within any prescribed positive tolerance. It is distinct from exact feasibility, which the paper treats later under stronger conditions (Jiang, Wang, and Zhang, Theorems 1–2).

Setting

There are nnn customers and mmm resource types. A nonnegative capacity vector ccc is fixed before a random, nonnegative demand vector DDD is observed. The joint law of DDD is FFF and has a bounded second moment. After seeing DDD, a decision consists of a vector sss of fulfilled customer demands and an allocation array yyy recording the amount of each resource assigned to each customer. The paper's set P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) specifies all feasible pairs (s,y)(s,y)(s,y) for that capacity and demand. It is a model input: the three operational examples use different feasible sets (§1.1, equations (1)–(4)).

For customer jjj, a service measure Rj(sj,Dj)R_j(s_j,D_j)Rj​(sj​,Dj​) assigns a nonnegative score to fulfilled demand sjs_jsj​ and demand DjD_jDj​. The customer has a target βj∈(0,1)\beta_j\in(0,1)βj​∈(0,1). A deterministic policy chooses a feasible pair in P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) for each DDD. A randomized policy chooses among deterministic policies. Its expected service to customer jjj is denoted Sj(λ)S_j(\lambda)Sj​(λ). The capacity is asymptotically feasible when, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, some randomized policy λε\lambda_\varepsilonλε​ satisfies Sj(λε)≥βj−εS_j(\lambda_\varepsilon)\ge\beta_j-\varepsilonSj​(λε​)≥βj​−ε for every customer (Definition 1, equation (8)).

For nonnegative customer weights w=(wj)jw=(w_j)_jw=(wj​)j​, define maximum weighted service at a realized demand by

Mw(D)=max⁡(s,y)∈P(c,D)∑jwjRj(sj,Dj).M_w(D)=\max_{(s,y)\in P(c,D)}\sum_j w_jR_j(s_j,D_j).Mw​(D)=(s,y)∈P(c,D)max​j∑​wj​Rj​(sj​,Dj​).

The maximum uses only service, with zero allocation cost. The paper also introduces a linear allocation cost f(y)f(y)f(y), a deterministic Max-Weighted-Service minimization problem, and its expected dual functional; Lemma 1 concerns those general objects (§2, equations (14), (16)–(17)).

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: capacity characterization

Under Assumption 1, the target is the equivalence

c is asymptotically feasible⟺EF[Mw(D)]≥∑jwjβjfor every w≥0.c\text{ is asymptotically feasible} \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \mathbb E_F[M_w(D)]\ge\sum_jw_j\beta_j \quad\text{for every }w\ge0.c is asymptotically feasible⟺EF​[Mw​(D)]≥j∑​wj​βj​for every w≥0.

The weights range over the whole nonnegative orthant; they are not restricted to a simplex in the theorem. Assumption 1 requires each RjR_jRj​ to be nondecreasing and upper semicontinuous in fulfilled demand at fixed realized demand, and each P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) to be compact (Theorem 1, equation (18)).

Milestones from the paper

Lemma 1 identifies the value of the pointwise Max-Weighted-Service rule: inf⁡ϕF(w,ϕ)=F(w,ϕw)=EF[g(w,c;D)]\inf_\phi F(w,\phi)=F(w,\phi_w)=\mathbb E_F[g(w,c;D)]infϕ​F(w,ϕ)=F(w,ϕw​)=EF​[g(w,c;D)] for a fixed w≥0w\ge0w≥0. The proof of Theorem 1 then uses a minimax display over W={w≥0:∑jwj≤1}W=\{w\ge0:\sum_jw_j\le1\}W={w≥0:∑j​wj​≤1} to obtain, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, a randomized policy whose weighted service shortfall is at most ε\varepsilonε throughout WWW (equation (21)). Equation (22) gives the corresponding individual service bounds. These three source claims are the mission's milestones (Lemma 1 and proof of Theorem 1, pp. 12–14).

Significance

Theorem 1 supplies a test for a vector of simultaneous service targets using a family of deterministic, weighted allocation problems. It applies to any feasible-set model satisfying the stated assumptions, rather than only to one pooling network. It also delineates the strength of the conclusion: satisfying all weighted tests guarantees arbitrarily close service, while exact attainment requires the additional assumptions in the paper's next result (Theorems 1–2).

The statements in this mission compile as Lean declarations, but their proofs have not yet been machine checked. Completing the mission would provide a reusable formal interface for demand-dependent feasible sets, measurable rationing policies, finite policy randomization, service expectations, and pointwise weighted optimization. Those definitions can also support formal study of the paper's later exact-feasibility and policy-optimality results.

Difficulty

The forward implication compares service under one policy with a maximum over feasible decisions at every demand. The reverse implication is harder: a weighted inequality for each www must yield one policy that serves all customers simultaneously to a common tolerance. A separate policy chosen for each weight does not itself meet the vector of targets. The optimization involves a set of demand-dependent policies, and the source's argument relies on properties of its attainable service vectors that need explicit representation in Lean (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 13–14).

Formalization scope

Customers and resources are Fin n and Fin m, with zero-based indices; the paper numbers them from one. A solution is a pair (s,y)(s,y)(s,y), and P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) remains an arbitrary feasible set. Deterministic policies are measurable functions of DDD that select from P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) for every demand realization, at the theorem's fixed capacity. Randomized policies are finite probability mixtures of these selectors. Only finitely many expected services and costs occur in the statements, and finite mixtures represent the corresponding finite-dimensional expectation vectors of the paper's policy measures. The definition of asymptotic feasibility is made directly from these policies and their service values. The maximum in the theorem is made directly from P(c,D)P(c,D)P(c,D) and RRR, so the equivalence cannot follow from defining either side in terms of the other.

The paper defines RjR_jRj​ on nonnegative pairs. Lean uses a total real-valued extension; the theorem requires it to be nonnegative, monotone and upper semicontinuous as specified, and jointly measurable. A common integrable envelope bounds every feasible service value, preventing a nonintegrable Bochner integral from silently taking Lean's default value of zero. A measurable maximizing selector is assumed for every nonnegative www; it ensures that the expectation of Mw(D)M_w(D)Mw​(D) and the policy behind the source's tie-breaking are meaningful. The demand law is a probability measure with bounded second moment and nonnegative demand, capacity is nonnegative, and βj∈(0,1)\beta_j\in(0,1)βj​∈(0,1), matching the section's standing setup. Compactness alone permits an empty feasible set in Lean; the selector assumption ensures nonemptiness at each demand.

The definitions include the linear allocation-cost functional because Lemma 1 is stated with the paper's general fff. An integrable envelope also bounds its absolute value in that milestone. Reusable work includes measurable selection for a demand-dependent compact feasible set, integrability of finite policy mixtures, interchange of the pointwise optimum and expectation under the stated bounds, and the finite-dimensional minimax statement. Proofs or improvements to these interfaces are welcome as long as the source claims retain their stated strength.

Selected references

  • J. Jiang, S. Wang, and J. Zhang, Achieving High Individual Service-Levels without Safety Stock? Optimal Rationing Policy of Pooled Resources, SSRN preprint 3385089, version of 31 July 2021. SSRN.
  • J. Jiang, S. Wang, and J. Zhang, Achieving High Individual Service-Levels without Safety Stock? Optimal Rationing Policy of Pooled Resources, Operations Research, 2023. DOI: 10.1287/opre.2022.2386. The mission's labels and pages follow the SSRN preprint.
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Design and Analysis of Switchback Experiments 1: With m-Period Carryover and T = nm, n ≥ 4, the Unique Minimax-Optimal Regular Design Flips Fair Coins at 1, 2m+1, 3m+1, …, (n−2)m+1Research Paper

Motivation

Online platforms such as ride-hailing, delivery and advertising marketplaces routinely test new pricing or matching policies on a single market. Randomizing over users is often impossible there: every rider and driver in a city shares one supply pool, so treating some users and not others contaminates the control group. The standard alternative is a switchback experiment: the whole market alternates between the new policy (treatment) and the current one (control) over time, and the effect is estimated from the time series of outcomes. Switchbacks are in production use at ride-hailing and delivery firms (see the industry references in Bojinov, Simchi-Levi and Zhao, 2023).

The design question is when to switch. Switching often produces many nearly independent observations, but a policy change has carryover effects: an outcome is affected by the policy of the last few periods, not only the current one, so frequent switching leaves few periods whose recent history is purely treated or purely control. Bojinov, Simchi-Levi and Zhao formalize this trade-off in a design-based, minimax framework and solve it in closed form. This mission formalizes that solution.

Setting

Time is divided into periods t∈[T]={1,…,T}t\in[T]=\{1,\dots,T\}t∈[T]={1,…,T}. An assignment path is w1:T∈{0,1}Tw_{1:T}\in\{0,1\}^Tw1:T​∈{0,1}T, with wt=1w_t=1wt​=1 meaning treatment. For every period ttt and every path there is a fixed, unknown potential outcome Yt(w1:T)∈RY_t(w_{1:T})\in\mathbb RYt​(w1:T​)∈R; the collection is Y\mathbb YY. Randomness comes only from the random path W1:TW_{1:T}W1:T​.

Three assumptions restrict Y\mathbb YY:

  1. Non-anticipation: YtY_tYt​ does not depend on wt+1:Tw_{t+1:T}wt+1:T​.
  2. mmm-carryover: for t≥m+1t\ge m+1t≥m+1, YtY_tYt​ does not depend on w1:t−m−1w_{1:t-m-1}w1:t−m−1​.
  3. Boundedness: ∣Yt(w)∣≤B|Y_t(w)|\le B∣Yt​(w)∣≤B for every ttt and every path, with B>0B>0B>0.

The set of outcomes satisfying all three is Y\mathcal YY. Under 1–2, Yt(1m+1)Y_t(\mathbf 1_{m+1})Yt​(1m+1​) and Yt(0m+1)Y_t(\mathbf 0_{m+1})Yt​(0m+1​) denote the outcome after m+1m+1m+1 consecutive treatments, respectively controls. The estimand is the average lag-mmm effect

τm(Y)=1T−m∑t=m+1T[Yt(1m+1)−Yt(0m+1)].\tau_m(\mathbb Y)=\frac1{T-m}\sum_{t=m+1}^T\bigl[Y_t(\mathbf 1_{m+1})-Y_t(\mathbf 0_{m+1})\bigr].τm​(Y)=T−m1​t=m+1∑T​[Yt​(1m+1​)−Yt​(0m+1​)].

A regular switchback design (T,Q)(\mathbb T,\mathbb Q)(T,Q) fixes randomization points T={t0=1<t1<⋯<tK}⊆[T]\mathbb T=\{t_0=1<t_1<\dots<t_K\}\subseteq[T]T={t0​=1<t1​<⋯<tK​}⊆[T], K≥1K\ge1K≥1, and probabilities qtk∈(0,1)q_{t_k}\in(0,1)qtk​​∈(0,1). At each tkt_ktk​ an independent coin with success probability qtkq_{t_k}qtk​​ is flipped, and its outcome is applied to the periods tk,…,tk+1−1t_k,\dots,t_{k+1}-1tk​,…,tk+1​−1 (with tK+1=T+1t_{K+1}=T+1tK+1​=T+1). The Horvitz–Thompson estimator τ^m\hat\tau_mτ^m​ weights the outcome of each period whose window wt−m:tw_{t-m:t}wt−m:t​ is all ones (all zeros) by the inverse probability of that event. Its risk is the mean squared error

r(ηT,Q,Y)=E[(τ^m−τm(Y))2],r(\eta_{\mathbb T,\mathbb Q},\mathbb Y)=\mathbb E\bigl[(\hat\tau_m-\tau_m(\mathbb Y))^2\bigr],r(ηT,Q​,Y)=E[(τ^m​−τm​(Y))2],

where the expectation is over the law ηT,Q\eta_{\mathbb T,\mathbb Q}ηT,Q​ of the path. A design is minimax optimal if it minimizes the worst-case risk max⁡Y∈Yr(ηT,Q,Y)\max_{\mathbb Y\in\mathcal Y}r(\eta_{\mathbb T,\mathbb Q},\mathbb Y)maxY∈Y​r(ηT,Q​,Y) over all regular designs.

Formalization targets

Goal: the optimal design (Theorem 2 with Theorem 1)

  1. If m=0m=0m=0 and T≥2T\ge2T≥2, the unique minimax-optimal regular design has T∗={1,2,…,T}\mathbb T^*=\{1,2,\dots,T\}T∗={1,2,…,T} and fair coins.
  2. If m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and T=nmT=nmT=nm for an integer n≥4n\ge4n≥4, the unique minimax-optimal regular design is
T∗={1, 2m+1, 3m+1, …, (n−2)m+1},q0=⋯=qK=12.\mathbb T^*=\{1,\ 2m+1,\ 3m+1,\ \dots,\ (n-2)m+1\},\qquad q_0=\dots=q_K=\tfrac12 .T∗={1, 2m+1, 3m+1, …, (n−2)m+1},q0​=⋯=qK​=21​.

The goal asserts both existence and uniqueness, and it compares against every regular design with arbitrary probabilities in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Unbiasedness of the estimator (Proposition 1).
  2. The moments of the error terms (Lemmas EC.3 and EC.4).
  3. The adversary's best responses Y±≡±B\mathbb Y^\pm\equiv\pm BY±≡±B (Lemma 1).
  4. The product inequality
1∏iqi+1∏i(1−qi)≥2n+1\frac1{\prod_i q_i}+\frac1{\prod_i(1-q_i)}\ge2^{n+1}∏i​qi​1​+∏i​(1−qi​)1​≥2n+1

(Lemma EC.2), and fair coins (Theorem 1). 5. The fair-coin moments (Lemma EC.6). 6. The structure of optimal point sets (Lemmas EC.7 and EC.8). 7. The closed-form risk (EC.8) (Lemma EC.9). 8. The integer optimum of the subset selection objective (7) at T=nmT=nmT=nm:

min⁡T{4∑k=0K(tk+1−tk)2+8m(tK−t1)+4m2K−4m2+4∑k=1K−1[(m−tk+1+tk)+]2}=16mT−32m2,\min_{\mathbb T}\Bigl\{4\sum_{k=0}^{K}(t_{k+1}-t_k)^2+8m(t_K-t_1)+4m^2K-4m^2+4\sum_{k=1}^{K-1}\bigl[(m-t_{k+1}+t_k)^+\bigr]^2\Bigr\}=16mT-32m^2,Tmin​{4k=0∑K​(tk+1​−tk​)2+8m(tK​−t1​)+4m2K−4m2+4k=1∑K−1​[(m−tk+1​+tk​)+]2}=16mT−32m2,

attained only at T∗\mathbb T^*T∗.

Companion statements

These are not milestones:

  • Lemma EC.5 (the moments at Y±\mathbb Y^\pmY± for general Q\mathbb QQ).
  • Theorem 2's equivalence of (6) and (7), restricted to the goal's horizons.
  • The optimal worst-case risk (16mT−32m2)B2/(T−m)2(16mT-32m^2)B^2/(T-m)^2(16mT−32m2)B2/(T−m)2.
  • Lemma EC.10 on the gaps of minimizers of (7).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 turns a design question into a rule: randomize once every mmm periods, except that the first and the last epoch last 2m2m2m periods. The rule depends only on the carryover order mmm, not on BBB or on the outcome model. A practitioner who chooses the period length close to the carryover duration gets a design that is robust to a short carryover, since the optimal designs for m=0m=0m=0 and m=1m=1m=1 nearly coincide. The fair-coin result (Theorem 1) keeps the inverse-probability weights at powers of 222, which avoids the instability of Horvitz–Thompson estimators with extreme propensities. The same design underlies the paper's asymptotic normality result and its confidence intervals (mission 2 of this series).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. The formalization has to make the paper's finite-sample expansion of the risk exact, establish its integer optimum, and connect it to a genuine minimax statement over all regular designs, not only over fair-coin designs. It also pins down where the printed statements need hypotheses. As printed, the first sentence of Theorem 2 and Lemma EC.7 fail for short horizons (at m=2m=2m=2, T=4T=4T=4 the minimax-optimal point sets are {1,2}\{1,2\}{1,2} and {1,4}\{1,4\}{1,4}, while (7) is minimized by {1,3}\{1,3\}{1,3}). Their corrected forms are stated here. The strictness part of Lemma 1 fails at m=0m=0m=0 (with T=2T=2T=2, T={1,2}\mathbb T=\{1,2\}T={1,2}, fair coins, outcomes BBB in period 1 and −B-B−B in period 2 tie with Y+\mathbb Y^+Y+); it is stated for m≥1m\ge1m≥1.

Difficulty

The risk is a quadratic form in the reduced outcomes whose coefficients depend on the combinatorics of the point set. The coefficients are products of inverse probabilities over the determining randomization points of each window {t−m,…,t}\{t-m,\dots,t\}{t−m,…,t} and over the overlaps of two windows. Writing the risk in closed form requires a case analysis of how windows of length m+1m+1m+1 meet the blocks of the design. The paper's closed form (EC.8) holds only under three structural conditions on the points. Showing that every optimal design satisfies them (Lemmas EC.7, EC.8) needs exchange arguments that remove or move a point while keeping the design regular, and these break down at short horizons.

The step from the closed form to the explicit optimum is an integer program. The paper solves its continuous relaxation and observes that the relaxed optimum is integral. A formal proof must handle every point set, including those that violate the structural conditions and for which (EC.8) is not the risk. The obvious approach of minimizing (EC.8) directly is therefore not enough: the minimax optimum must also be compared with designs outside the class where (EC.8) applies.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a path as a function N→Bool\mathbb N\to\mathrm{Bool}N→Bool of which only the indices 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T are read, potential outcomes as a function of the period and the whole path, and the point set as a Finset ℕ. Probabilities are indexed by the randomization point (qtkq_{t_k}qtk​​). The expectation under the law of a regular design is the finite sum over the 2K+12^{K+1}2K+1 coin vectors.

Committed conventions:

  • the lag of the estimand equals the carryover order (p=mp=mp=m), as throughout §3;
  • m<Tm<Tm<T;
  • every probability lies in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so the estimator's denominators are positive;
  • tK+1=T+1t_{K+1}=T+1tK+1​=T+1;
  • (a)+=max⁡{a,0}(a)^+=\max\{a,0\}(a)+=max{a,0}.

Minimax optimality is the statement "for every regular design and every admissible Y\mathbb YY there is an admissible Y′\mathbb Y'Y′ whose risk under the other design is at least the risk of Y\mathbb YY under this one". No supremum over outcome functions is ever taken. Y±\mathbb Y^\pmY± are the constant outcome functions ±B\pm B±B.

Added hypotheses.

  • The case m=0m=0m=0 of the goal requires T≥2T\ge2T≥2, the page's condition that KKK be positive.
  • Lemma EC.7 assumes m=0m=0m=0 or T=nmT=nmT=nm with n≥4n\ge4n≥4.
  • The strictness clause of Lemma 1 assumes m≥1m\ge1m≥1 (it is false at m=0m=0m=0), and its "Y≠Y±\mathbb Y\ne\mathbb Y^\pmY=Y±" is read on the reduced outcomes (Yt(1m+1),Yt(0m+1))t≥m+1(Y_t(\mathbf 1_{m+1}),Y_t(\mathbf 0_{m+1}))_{t\ge m+1}(Yt​(1m+1​),Yt​(0m+1​))t≥m+1​.
  • Lemmas EC.7–EC.9 are stated for fair coins against Y±\mathbb Y^\pmY±, as in the paper's EC.3.5.
  • Lemma EC.10 is read for minimizers of (7).

Not a trivialization. The goal mentions neither the objective (7) nor the structural conditions, nor the closed form (EC.8). It is stated against the full class of regular designs and asserts existence. A proof cannot replace it by "T∗\mathbb T^*T∗ minimizes (7)" (that is a milestone), and Theorem 1 is not vacuous because the goal asserts that optimal designs exist.

A complete development needs finite expectations over independent coin flips, the risk expansion as a quadratic form, and an integer optimization argument. The first two are reusable for the second mission of this series and for other design-based analyses of Horvitz–Thompson estimators. Proofs of any milestone, and of the companion statements, are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • I. Bojinov, D. Simchi-Levi, J. Zhao, Design and Analysis of Switchback Experiments, Management Science 69(7), 2023; arXiv:2009.00148v4, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.00148
  • I. Bojinov, N. Shephard, Time Series Experiments and Causal Estimands: Exact Randomization Tests and Trading, Journal of the American Statistical Association 114(528), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.2018.1527225
  • C.-F. J. Wu, On the Robustness and Efficiency of Some Randomized Designs, Annals of Statistics 9(6), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176345640
  • D. G. Horvitz, D. J. Thompson, A Generalization of Sampling Without Replacement from a Finite Universe, Journal of the American Statistical Association 47(260), 1952. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1952.10483446
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fair and Consistent Prize Allocation in Competitions 1: A Prize Allocation Rule Satisfies Order Preservation, Endowment Monotonicity and Consistency iff It Is an Interval RuleResearch Paper

Motivation

Sports leagues, tournaments, esports events and research competitions all end with a ranking of the participants and a sum of prize money to divide among them. How the money is split according to the ranking is a design choice with visible consequences: Winner-Takes-All schemes reward only the top, equal division ignores the ranking, and most real prize schedules sit in between. The economics of tournaments has studied prize structures as incentive devices, but it has not asked which schedules follow from principles of fairness and coherence.

Dietzenbacher and Kondratev (arXiv:2008.08985, Management Science 2023) take the axiomatic approach of fair allocation theory to this question. The central axiom is consistency, the variable-population principle that has characterized solutions in bankruptcy, taxation, bargaining and cooperative games (Aumann and Maschler 1985; Young 1987; Lensberg 1988; Thomson 1988; Hart and Mas-Colell 1989): if any subgroup of competitors pools its prizes and re-divides them among themselves by the same rule, nobody's prize changes. This mission formalizes the paper's first main result, which identifies exactly the rules that are consistent, weakly respect the ranking, and never take money away when the endowment grows.

Setting

Let UUU be a countable set of at least three potential competitors. A competition is a triple (N,R,E)(N, \mathcal R, E)(N,R,E): a nonempty finite set N⊆UN \subseteq UN⊆U, a ranking R:N→{1,…,∣N∣}\mathcal R : N \to \{1, \dots, |N|\}R:N→{1,…,∣N∣} (a bijection; iii is ranked above jjj if R(i)<R(j)\mathcal R(i) < \mathcal R(j)R(i)<R(j)), and a prize endowment E≥0E \ge 0E≥0. For a nonempty S⊆NS \subseteq NS⊆N, the subranking RS\mathcal R_SRS​ lists SSS in the order of R\mathcal RR.

A prize allocation rule φ\varphiφ assigns to every competition an allocation φ(N,R,E)∈R+N\varphi(N, \mathcal R, E) \in \mathbb R^N_+φ(N,R,E)∈R+N​ with ∑i∈Nφi(N,R,E)=E\sum_{i \in N} \varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E) = E∑i∈N​φi​(N,R,E)=E. Two basic rules are Equal Division, EDi=E/∣N∣\mathrm{ED}_i = E/|N|EDi​=E/∣N∣, and Winner-Takes-All, WTAi=E\mathrm{WTA}_i = EWTAi​=E if R(i)=1\mathcal R(i) = 1R(i)=1 and 000 otherwise.

The axioms of the main theorem are, for every competition and i,j∈Ni, j \in Ni,j∈N:

  • order preservation: R(i)<R(j)⇒φi(N,R,E)≥φj(N,R,E)\mathcal R(i) < \mathcal R(j) \Rightarrow \varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E) \ge \varphi_j(N, \mathcal R, E)R(i)<R(j)⇒φi​(N,R,E)≥φj​(N,R,E);
  • endowment monotonicity: E<E′⇒φi(N,R,E)≤φi(N,R,E′)E < E' \Rightarrow \varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E) \le \varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E')E<E′⇒φi​(N,R,E)≤φi​(N,R,E′);
  • consistency: for every nonempty S⊆NS \subseteq NS⊆N and i∈Si \in Si∈S,
φi(N,R,E)=φi(S,RS,∑j∈Sφj(N,R,E)).\varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E) = \varphi_i\Big(S, \mathcal R_S, \sum_{j \in S} \varphi_j(N, \mathcal R, E)\Big).φi​(N,R,E)=φi​(S,RS​,j∈S∑​φj​(N,R,E)).

Anonymity (prizes depend only on ∣N∣|N|∣N∣, the position and EEE) and endowment continuity are auxiliary properties.

An interval rule is given by pairwise disjoint open intervals (ak,bk)(a_k, b_k)(ak​,bk​), k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,…, with ak∈R+a_k \in \mathbb R_+ak​∈R+​ and bk∈R+∪{+∞}b_k \in \mathbb R_+ \cup \{+\infty\}bk​∈R+​∪{+∞}. With n=∣N∣n = |N|n=∣N∣ and r=R(i)r = \mathcal R(i)r=R(i),

φi(N,R,E)={akif nak≤E≤(n−r+1)ak+(r−1)bk;E−(n−r)ak−(r−1)bkif (n−r+1)ak+(r−1)bk≤E≤(n−r)ak+rbk;bkif (n−r)ak+rbk≤E≤nbk;E/notherwise.\varphi_i(N, \mathcal R, E) = \begin{cases} a_k & \text{if } n a_k \le E \le (n - r + 1) a_k + (r - 1) b_k; \\ E - (n - r) a_k - (r - 1) b_k & \text{if } (n - r + 1) a_k + (r - 1) b_k \le E \le (n - r) a_k + r b_k; \\ b_k & \text{if } (n - r) a_k + r b_k \le E \le n b_k; \\ E / n & \text{otherwise.} \end{cases}φi​(N,R,E)=⎩⎨⎧​ak​E−(n−r)ak​−(r−1)bk​bk​E/n​if nak​≤E≤(n−r+1)ak​+(r−1)bk​;if (n−r+1)ak​+(r−1)bk​≤E≤(n−r)ak​+rbk​;if (n−r)ak​+rbk​≤E≤nbk​;otherwise.​

At endowment nakn a_knak​ everyone receives aka_kak​; as EEE grows, prizes are raised to bkb_kbk​ one competitor at a time from the top; when E/nE/nE/n lies in no [ak,bk][a_k, b_k][ak​,bk​] the endowment is divided equally. ED has ak=bk=0a_k = b_k = 0ak​=bk​=0; WTA has a1=0a_1 = 0a1​=0, b1=+∞b_1 = +\inftyb1​=+∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

φ satisfies order preservation, endowment monotonicity and consistency  ⟺  φ is an interval rule.\varphi \text{ satisfies order preservation, endowment monotonicity and consistency} \iff \varphi \text{ is an interval rule.}φ satisfies order preservation, endowment monotonicity and consistency⟺φ is an interval rule.

Both directions are part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 10): endowment monotonicity implies endowment continuity.
  2. Lemma 2 (p. 11): order preservation, endowment monotonicity and consistency imply anonymity.
  3. Lemma 3 (p. 11): two endowment monotonic, consistent rules that agree on all two-competitor competitions agree on all competitions.
  4. The "if" direction (p. 28): every interval rule satisfies the three axioms.
  5. Step 1 (p. 28): for two competitors, if φ(N,R,x1+x2)=(x1,x2)\varphi(N, \mathcal R, x_1 + x_2) = (x_1, x_2)φ(N,R,x1​+x2​)=(x1​,x2​) then φ(N,R,2x1)=(x1,x1)\varphi(N, \mathcal R, 2x_1) = (x_1, x_1)φ(N,R,2x1​)=(x1​,x1​) or φ(N,R,2x2)=(x2,x2)\varphi(N, \mathcal R, 2x_2) = (x_2, x_2)φ(N,R,2x2​)=(x2​,x2​).
  6. Step 2 (p. 29): the two-competitor restriction has the interval form (9),
φ(N,R,E)=(E−ak,ak) on [2ak,ak+bk],(bk,E−bk) on [ak+bk,2bk],(E/2,E/2) otherwise.\varphi(N, \mathcal R, E) = (E - a_k, a_k) \text{ on } [2a_k, a_k + b_k], \quad (b_k, E - b_k) \text{ on } [a_k + b_k, 2b_k], \quad (E/2, E/2) \text{ otherwise.}φ(N,R,E)=(E−ak​,ak​) on [2ak​,ak​+bk​],(bk​,E−bk​) on [ak​+bk​,2bk​],(E/2,E/2) otherwise.

Further statements of §2.3

Lemma 4 (endowment additivity ⇔ scale invariance) and Corollaries 1–4, which single out WTA (winner-loser strict order preservation), ED (strict endowment monotonicity), the Winner-Takes-Surplus rules (winner strict endowment monotonicity) and the pair {ED, WTA} (additivity) inside the family of Theorem 1, are included as supporting theorems.

Significance

Theorem 1 replaces three qualitative requirements by an explicit, countably parametrized family. The family is broad (Equal Division, Winner-Takes-All, the "dollar at a time" rule of Example 1, and their concatenations along the endowment axis), so the theorem is the starting point for every sharper characterization in the paper: strengthening one axiom at a time selects WTA, ED or a Winner-Takes-Surplus rule (Corollaries 1–4), and the second and third missions of this series replace consistency by its local and top variants to obtain the single-parametric and parametric rules. Lemma 3 also isolates a general principle: a monotone consistent rule is determined by its behaviour on pairs.

On the formal side, Mathlib and the platform have no model of variable-population allocation with rankings. This mission provides one (competitions over a universe, subrankings, prize allocation rules and the consistency family of axioms) together with the first machine-checkable statement of a characterization theorem in this area. The paper's proofs are complete; nothing here is open mathematics, and none of it has been formalized before.

Difficulty

Consistency only constrains the rule across competitions; on its own it says nothing about how two competitors share a given endowment. The obvious plan, to read the intervals off the two-competitor allocation path and extend by Lemma 3, fails at the first step: an order preserving, monotone two-competitor path need not be a staircase of horizontal and vertical segments, and nothing about two competitors alone forces it to be. The staircase shape (Step 1) is a genuinely multi-competitor phenomenon that also relies on anonymity, which is not assumed and must be derived (Lemma 2, a six-case analysis over how two competitions share competitors). The countable family of intervals then has to be extracted from the path (Step 2), including endpoints at +∞+\infty+∞ and the gaps where the rule is equal division.

Formalization scope

A ranked set (N,R)(N, \mathcal R)(N,R) is a duplicate-free nonempty List U, best first; ∣N∣|N|∣N∣ is its length and R(i)\mathcal R(i)R(i) = pos l i, the 1-based index. The subranking is the sublist of members of SSS. A rule is a function φ : List U → ℝ → U → ℝ; its values on non-rankings, negative endowments and non-members are irrelevant, and every axiom and the interval-rule definition quantify only over rankings, E≥0E \ge 0E≥0 and i∈Ni \in Ni∈N. The standing assumption on UUU is carried as [Countable U] plus three distinct elements on every statement whose proof needs a third competitor (Lemma 2, Steps 1–2, Theorem 1, Corollaries 1–4); it is unnecessary for Lemmas 1, 3, 4 and for the "if" direction. Interval endpoints bkb_kbk​ are extended reals (EReal), the intervals are indexed by N\mathbb NN (finitely many intervals are padded with ak=bk=0a_k = b_k = 0ak​=bk​=0), ak≤bka_k \le b_kak​≤bk​, and disjointness is of the open intervals. The four cases are implications; "otherwise" means E∉[nak,nbk]E \notin [n a_k, n b_k]E∈/[nak​,nbk​] for every kkk.

The following formalizations would trivialize or change the theorem and are ruled out: a fixed competitor set or a finite UUU of size two (consistency then has no reduced competitions to act on, and Corollary 1(i) fails); consistency restricted to two-element subsets or to some subsets only; a one-directional goal; interval rules without +∞+\infty+∞ endpoints (which excludes WTA and makes the "only if" direction false); and anonymity as an extra hypothesis.

The definitions are reusable by the two companion missions of this series (local and top consistency), which use the same model. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general lemma that consistent monotone rules are determined by pairs, and proofs that ED, WTA and the Example 1 rule are interval rules.

Selected references

  • B. J. Dietzenbacher and A. Y. Kondratev, Fair and Consistent Prize Allocation in Competitions, arXiv:2008.08985v2, 2021; Management Science 69 (2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/2008.08985, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4520
  • R. J. Aumann and M. Maschler, Game theoretic analysis of a bankruptcy problem from the Talmud, Journal of Economic Theory 36 (1985), 195–213. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(85)90102-4
  • W. Thomson, A study of choice correspondences in economies with a variable number of agents, Journal of Economic Theory 46 (1988), 237–254. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(88)90131-7
  • T. Lensberg, Stability and the Nash solution, Journal of Economic Theory 45 (1988), 330–341. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(88)90274-8
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, Potential, value, and consistency, Econometrica 57 (1989), 589–614. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911054
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 5: With Binary-Classifier Advice of Recall p and Specificity p′, the Optimal Success Probability Tends to ((1−p′)/p)^((1−p′)/p′)·e^((p−1)/p′)Research Paper

Motivation

A secretary problem asks a decision maker to choose one candidate from a sequence, without being able to recall a rejected candidate. Each arrival reveals how the candidate compares with those seen earlier, but the decision maker does not know the candidate's final rank. A classifier can provide an additional Yes or No signal about whether the current candidate is the best overall. The natural performance question is how much this signal improves the chance of selecting the best candidate when the number of arrivals grows. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme and Vassilvitskii give an exact finite linear program for this setting and an explicit asymptotic value. This mission makes the limit and its finite prerequisites precise.

The classifier's quality has two parameters with different meanings. Recall ppp is the probability of a Yes signal for the top candidate. Specificity p′p'p′ is the probability of a No signal for any other candidate. Both lie in [1/2,1][1/2,1][1/2,1], as in Example 5 of the paper. At p=p′=1/2p=p'=1/2p=p′=1/2 the signal conveys no information, while p=p′=1p=p'=1p=p′=1 is perfect advice. These endpoints matter to the statement rather than being omitted as special cases. Example 5, pp. 7–8.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 arrivals, indexed by i=1,…,ni=1,\ldots,ni=1,…,n. Their ranks form a uniformly random permutation; the maximum rank is the candidate to select. At each arrival, the observer sees the relative ranking of candidates already seen and a signal s∈{Y,N}s\in\{Y,N\}s∈{Y,N} from the classifier. An admissible decision can depend on this observed history and may use a stopping probability. It cannot inspect a candidate's hidden final rank. The paper shows that, for this signal model, the optimal stopping probability is characterized by a finite primal linear program. Sections 2 and 6.

For each round and signal, zis∈[0,1]z_i^s\in[0,1]zis​∈[0,1] is a primal variable. Put zˉj=(1−p′)zjY+p′zjN\bar z_j=(1-p')z_j^Y+p'z_j^Nzˉj​=(1−p′)zjY​+p′zjN​. The program has constraints zis≤1−∑j<izˉj/jz_i^s\le1-\sum_{j<i}\bar z_j/jzis​≤1−∑j<i​zˉj​/j, and its objective is ∑i=1n[pziY+(1−p)ziN]/n\sum_{i=1}^n[pz_i^Y+(1-p)z_i^N]/n∑i=1n​[pziY​+(1−p)ziN​]/n. Write Opt⁡(n,p,p′)\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p')Opt(n,p,p′) for its optimal value. The constraints account for the chance that an earlier candidate has already been selected; the objective weights winning selections by the signal probabilities of the top candidate. This is the Opt⁡\operatorname{Opt}Opt of Section 6, rather than a value defined by an asymptotic formula. Section 6, p. 20.

The paper also considers a rescaled dual with variables wiY,wiNw_i^Y,w_i^NwiY​,wiN​ and an associated pair of thresholds tY,tNt_Y,t_NtY​,tN​. The thresholds are the first rounds at which the corresponding greedy dual coordinate is positive. In the finite formalization, n+1n+1n+1 records a signal whose coordinate is never positive. Proof of Theorem 20, p. 21.

Formalization targets

The main target is the limiting primal optimum for every p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1]:

lim⁡n→∞Opt⁡(n,p,p′)=(1−p′p)(1−p′)/p′exp⁡(p−1p′).\lim_{n\to\infty}\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p') =\left(\frac{1-p'}p\right)^{(1-p')/p'} \exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right).n→∞lim​Opt(n,p,p′)=(p1−p′​)(1−p′)/p′exp(p′p−1​).

The finite milestones identify the primal optimum with the greedy dual objective, give the exact late dual coordinates and the exact range of the early YYY recursion, and establish tY≤tNt_Y\le t_NtY​≤tN​. The asymptotic milestones state

tNn⟶exp⁡(p−1p′),tYn⟶(1−p′p)1/p′exp⁡(p−1p′).\frac{t_N}{n}\longrightarrow \exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right),\qquad \frac{t_Y}{n}\longrightarrow \left(\frac{1-p'}p\right)^{1/p'}\exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right).ntN​​⟶exp(p′p−1​),ntY​​⟶(p1−p′​)1/p′exp(p′p−1​).

A separate companion target gives the finite lower bound Opt⁡(n,p,p′)≥L(p,p′)\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p')\ge L(p,p')Opt(n,p,p′)≥L(p,p′), where LLL denotes the displayed limit. Theorem 20 states the corresponding infimum inequality but does not separately prove it. Theorem 20 and its proof, pp. 20–22.

Significance

The limit quantifies the benefit of advice across the whole parameter square, including asymmetric classifiers. It recovers the classical value e−1e^{-1}e−1 when p=p′=1/2p=p'=1/2p=p′=1/2, and gives value 111 for perfect advice. The two threshold limits say when each signal begins to justify stopping as the horizon grows. Thus the result specifies both the achievable success probability and the scale of the optimal decisions. Theorem 20, p. 20.

The paper already proves threshold optimality through its linear program and presents the limit calculation. The formalization work here is to establish a full Lean limit theorem from an exact finite LP, including the two endpoint regimes and a finite dual characterization. The nearby classical secretary threshold limit on Prove2Me uses a different rank-based model; it does not state this classifier result. Definitions of the primal feasible set and the backward dual sequence can support later results about other advice distributions.

Difficulty

The source uses approximations throughout its asymptotic argument and explicitly omits terms that vanish as nnn grows. Those omissions cannot be carried into an exact finite statement: the YYY recursion, for example, fails at the round immediately before the NNN threshold because the next NNN dual coordinate is then present. A complete argument has to keep the discrete threshold boundaries and the harmonic sums under control while passing to a limit. The source's displayed theorem also contains an exponent inconsistent with the last equation of its proof; the corrected expression must be checked uniformly, including zero base at p′=1p'=1p′=1. Proof of Theorem 20, pp. 21–22.

Formalization scope

Lean represents time by natural numbers 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n, matching the paper's displayed LP, and signals by Bool, with true meaning YYY. The primal optimum is the real supremum of objective values over exactly the feasible LP variables. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1], the zero assignment is feasible and the objective is bounded, so this supremum has its ordinary optimization meaning. Values of a variable array outside 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n are ignored. The greedy dual is a backward finite recursion, not the definition of Opt⁡\operatorname{Opt}Opt; otherwise the central LP-to-dual milestone would disappear.

The formal thresholds are first positive greedy dual coordinates. If there is no positive NNN coordinate, tN=n+1t_N=n+1tN​=n+1; this occurs when p=1p=1p=1 and has the same normalized limit as the paper's informal tN=nt_N=ntN​=n convention at perfect advice. Real powers use Lean's 00=10^0=100=1, yielding the correct p′=1p'=1p′=1 endpoint. All theorems quantify explicitly over n≥1n\ge1n≥1 where finite rounds are used, and over p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1]. The limit uses Filter.Tendsto at infinity. The chapter does not formalize the algorithmic running time, Figures 3 and 7, or the policy-level threshold optimality addressed by the series' preceding mission. Contributions to finite LP duality, harmonic asymptotics, and endpoint analysis are within scope. Sections 6 and Appendix C.

Selected references

  • Paul Dütting, Silvio Lattanzi, Renato Paes Leme and Sergei Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. Preprint.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 3: A Closed Form for the Backward-Induction Dual Solution of the Secretary-with-Samples LPResearch Paper

Motivation

In the secretary problem nnn candidates arrive one at a time in uniformly random order; at each arrival the decision maker sees only how the current candidate compares with the earlier ones and must accept or reject irrevocably, aiming to accept the best candidate overall. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme and Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice (arXiv:2011.06726), study a family of variants in which each candidate also carries a signal about its quality, and show that for many of them the optimal stopping rule is the solution of a finite factor-revealing linear program whose dual can be solved greedily by backward induction.

One of their main examples is the secretary problem with samples: before the nnn candidates arrive, kkk further elements of the same random order are revealed as a sample, and a candidate's signal is the number of sample elements smaller than it. This model interpolates between the classical problem (k=0k=0k=0, optimal success probability tending to 1/e1/e1/e) and, as k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞, the full-information problem of Gilbert and Mosteller (1966). The paper's Theorem 17 gives the optimal dual solution of this LP in closed form.

Setting

Fix natural numbers n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 (secretaries) and k≥0k\ge 0k≥0 (samples). Rounds are i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n; signals are s∈{0,1,…,k}s\in\{0,1,\dots,k\}s∈{0,1,…,k}. The dual LP of §5 has the coefficients

a(i,s)=1k+1∏t=1n−1s+tk+t+1,c(j,s′,i,s)=1s′+1∏t=1i−1s+ts′+t+1  (s′≥s),a(i,s)=\frac{1}{k+1}\prod_{t=1}^{n-1}\frac{s+t}{k+t+1},\qquad c(j,s',i,s)=\frac{1}{s'+1}\prod_{t=1}^{i-1}\frac{s+t}{s'+t+1}\ \ (s'\ge s),a(i,s)=k+11​t=1∏n−1​k+t+1s+t​,c(j,s′,i,s)=s′+11​t=1∏i−1​s′+t+1s+t​  (s′≥s),

with c(j,s′,i,s)=0c(j,s',i,s)=0c(j,s′,i,s)=0 for s′<ss'<ss′<s, and reads

min⁡∑i∑su(i,s)s.t.u(i,s)+∑j>i∑s′≥su(j,s′) c(j,s′,i,s)≥a(i,s),u(i,s)≥0.\min\sum_{i}\sum_{s}u(i,s)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad u(i,s)+\sum_{j>i}\sum_{s'\ge s}u(j,s')\,c(j,s',i,s)\ge a(i,s),\quad u(i,s)\ge 0 .mini∑​s∑​u(i,s)s.t.u(i,s)+j>i∑​s′≥s∑​u(j,s′)c(j,s′,i,s)≥a(i,s),u(i,s)≥0.

The greedy solution (equation (8) of the paper) sets u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s) and, going backwards,

u(i,s)=max⁡{0, a(i,s)−∑j>i∑s′u(j,s′) c(j,s′,i,s)}(i<n).u(i,s)=\max\Bigl\{0,\ a(i,s)-\sum_{j>i}\sum_{s'}u(j,s')\,c(j,s',i,s)\Bigr\}\qquad(i<n).u(i,s)=max{0, a(i,s)−j>i∑​s′∑​u(j,s′)c(j,s′,i,s)}(i<n).

The un-clipped recursion v(i,s)v(i,s)v(i,s) is the same backward induction with the max⁡{0,⋅}\max\{0,\cdot\}max{0,⋅} removed. In Lean, the generic recursion (8) is greedyDual (and unclippedDual) over an arbitrary finite signal type, and the samples instance is samplesGreedy n k i s (resp. samplesUnclipped) with s : Fin (k + 1). Products ∏t=ab\prod_{t=a}^{b}∏t=ab​ with b<ab<ab<a equal 111.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 17

For every 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n and 0≤s≤k0\le s\le k0≤s≤k: u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s), and for i<ni<ni<n

u(i,s)=max⁡{0,1k+1∏t=1i−1s+tk+t+1(∏t=in−1s+tk+t+1−∑j=1n−i(n−ij)1j∏ℓ=1j(k−s+ℓ)∏ℓ=1n−i−j(s+i−1+ℓ)∏t=in−1(k+t+1))}.u(i,s)=\max\left\{0,\frac{1}{k+1}\prod_{t=1}^{i-1}\frac{s+t}{k+t+1}\left(\prod_{t=i}^{n-1}\frac{s+t}{k+t+1}-\frac{\sum_{j=1}^{n-i}\binom{n-i}{j}\frac1j\prod_{\ell=1}^{j}(k-s+\ell)\prod_{\ell=1}^{n-i-j}(s+i-1+\ell)}{\prod_{t=i}^{n-1}(k+t+1)}\right)\right\}.u(i,s)=max{0,k+11​t=1∏i−1​k+t+1s+t​(t=i∏n−1​k+t+1s+t​−∏t=in−1​(k+t+1)∑j=1n−i​(jn−i​)j1​∏ℓ=1j​(k−s+ℓ)∏ℓ=1n−i−j​(s+i−1+ℓ)​)}.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  1. Reduction (p. 17): if v(i′,⋅)v(i',\cdot)v(i′,⋅) has the closed form for all i′>ii'>ii′>i, then v(i,s)=a(n,s)−1k+1∏t=1n−11k+t+1∏t=1i−1(s+t)∑s′=skT(i,s′)v(i,s)=a(n,s)-\frac{1}{k+1}\prod_{t=1}^{n-1}\frac{1}{k+t+1}\prod_{t=1}^{i-1}(s+t)\sum_{s'=s}^{k}T(i,s')v(i,s)=a(n,s)−k+11​∏t=1n−1​k+t+11​∏t=1i−1​(s+t)∑s′=sk​T(i,s′), with T(i,s′)T(i,s')T(i,s′) an explicit double sum.
  2. Two forms of TTT (pp. 17–18): the double sum collapses to ∑j=1n−i−1(n−i)(n−i−1j)1j(j+1)∏ℓ≤j(k−s′+ℓ)∏t=i+1n−j−1(s′+t)\sum_{j=1}^{n-i-1}(n-i)\binom{n-i-1}{j}\frac{1}{j(j+1)}\prod_{\ell\le j}(k-s'+\ell)\prod_{t=i+1}^{n-j-1}(s'+t)∑j=1n−i−1​(n−i)(jn−i−1​)j(j+1)1​∏ℓ≤j​(k−s′+ℓ)∏t=i+1n−j−1​(s′+t).
  3. Key identity (p. 18): ∑s′=skT(i,s′)=∑j=1n−i(n−ij)1j∏ℓ=1j(k−s+ℓ)∏t=in−j−1(s+t)\sum_{s'=s}^{k}T(i,s')=\sum_{j=1}^{n-i}\binom{n-i}{j}\frac1j\prod_{\ell=1}^{j}(k-s+\ell)\prod_{t=i}^{n-j-1}(s+t)∑s′=sk​T(i,s′)=∑j=1n−i​(jn−i​)j1​∏ℓ=1j​(k−s+ℓ)∏t=in−j−1​(s+t).
  4. Base case s=ks=ks=k (p. 18) and 5. inductive step s+1→ss+1\to ss+1→s (Appendix B, pp. 26–28) of the key identity.
  5. Un-clipped closed form (pp. 17–19): v(i,s)v(i,s)v(i,s) equals the expression inside the max, for all 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n.

Significance

Theorem 16 of the paper shows that the greedy dual solution is optimal and that the optimal policy for secretaries with samples is a threshold policy in the signal: accept a best-so-far candidate in round iii iff its signal is large enough. Theorem 17 makes this solution explicit, so the optimal thresholds can be read off from the sign of a closed-form expression rather than computed by running the backward recursion, and it is the discrete precursor of the paper's Corollary 18, which recovers the Gilbert–Mosteller full-information thresholds in the limit k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞.

The identities are proved in the paper by explicit manipulation of finite sums and products of binomials. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof checks the long index computations of the proof and of Appendix B, and closes a gap: the paper proves the identity for the un-clipped recursion only ("for the proof we can ignore the max⁡{0,⋅}\max\{0,\cdot\}max{0,⋅}") and does not argue why the clipped greedy solution has the same form. The goal as stated here, with the maximum, is the statement the paper asserts.

Difficulty

The identities are rational-function identities in sss, kkk and the round indices, with sums whose ranges depend on the summation variables and products whose ranges may be empty. The natural first idea, induction on n−in-in−i directly on the formula, requires the key identity for ∑s′=skT(i,s′)\sum_{s'=s}^{k}T(i,s')∑s′=sk​T(i,s′), a double sum over s′s's′ and jjj of products of rising factorials; the paper handles it by a second backward induction over sss, and both the base case and the step re-index sums with shifted bounds and boundary terms such as (n−i−1)!(n-i-1)!(n−i−1)! and 1n−i∏ℓ=1n−i(k−s+ℓ)\frac{1}{n-i}\prod_{\ell=1}^{n-i}(k-s+\ell)n−i1​∏ℓ=1n−i​(k−s+ℓ).

The passage from the un-clipped to the clipped recursion is a separate difficulty: once u(j,s′)u(j,s')u(j,s′) is clipped to 000 at a later round, the sums used at earlier rounds differ from those of the un-clipped recursion, and the closed form survives only because the clipped entries do not affect the relevant sums. That argument is not in the paper.

Formalization scope

  • Rounds are natural numbers 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n (1-based, as printed); signals are Fin (k + 1) in the recursion and naturals s≤ks\le ks≤k in the formulas. All arithmetic is in R\mathbb RR; naturals are cast before k−sk-sk−s, and the natural differences n−in-in−i, n−i−jn-i-jn−i−j, n−j−1n-j-1n−j−1 appear only where the ranges keep them non-truncated.
  • Products and sums are over Finset.Icc a b, empty when b<ab<ab<a, matching the paper's convention.
  • The recursion is defined by well-founded recursion on n−in-in−i and sums over all later rounds j∈{i+1,…,n}j\in\{i+1,\dots,n\}j∈{i+1,…,n} and all signals; c=0c=0c=0 for s′<ss'<ss′<s encodes the paper's ∑s′≥s\sum_{s'\ge s}∑s′≥s​.
  • The goal keeps the max⁡{0,⋅}\max\{0,\cdot\}max{0,⋅}. Stating instead the identity for the un-clipped recursion would be a different (weaker-content) theorem; it is milestone 6.
  • No probability model appears: the coefficients are taken as given by their formulas on p. 15. Their probabilistic derivation, the optimality of the greedy solution (Theorem 16), the running time of the LP algorithm, the "natural interpretation" paragraph, Corollary 18 and the plots are out of scope.
  • The generic recursion greedyDual is reusable for any instance of the paper's factor-revealing LP (the binary-classifier model of §6 included). General lemmas about sums of rising factorials (ascPochhammer) and binomial re-indexing developed for the milestones are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • P. Dütting, S. Lattanzi, R. Paes Leme, S. Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06726
  • J. P. Gilbert, F. Mosteller, Recognizing the Maximum of a Sequence, Journal of the American Statistical Association 61(313), 1966. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1966.10502008
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who Solved the Secretary Problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimistic Posterior Sampling for Reinforcement Learning: Worst-Case Regret Bounds I: An Extended MDP with δ-Optimistic Samples for Hitting Times Has Diameter at Most D/(1−δ)Research Paper

Motivation

Regret bounds for reinforcement learning in a single, non-episodic Markov decision process (MDP) are stated in terms of the diameter DDD of the MDP: the worst expected time needed to travel between two states when the travel policy is chosen well. UCRL2 (Jaksch, Ortner and Auer, 2010) achieves regret O~(DSAT)\tilde O(DS\sqrt{AT})O~(DSAT​), against a lower bound of Ω(DSAT)\Omega(\sqrt{DSAT})Ω(DSAT​), by planning in an extended MDP, whose action set lets the planner also pick a transition law from a confidence set. Posterior-sampling methods replace the confidence set with random samples from a posterior. Agrawal and Jia (arXiv:1705.07041v3, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023) show that such a method attains a high-probability worst-case regret bound of O~(DSAT)\tilde O(DS\sqrt{AT})O~(DSAT​) for every communicating MDP (their Theorem 1).

Their analysis plans in an extended MDP built from finitely many sampled transition vectors. Optimal-gain policies of that MDP are only useful if it is itself communicating with a diameter comparable to DDD, so the paper needs a deterministic statement: if every state-action pair has a sample that is optimistic about travel times, the diameter of the extended MDP is at most D/(1−δ)D/(1-\delta)D/(1−δ). This mission formalizes that statement, Lemma 5.6 of the paper (p. 12), together with three claims from its proof.

Setting

A finite MDP M\mathcal MM has a finite state set S\mathcal SS of size SSS, a finite action set A\mathcal AA of size AAA, a probability vector Ps,a∈ΔSP_{s,a}\in\Delta^{S}Ps,a​∈ΔS for each state sss and action aaa, and rewards rs,a∈[0,1]r_{s,a}\in[0,1]rs,a​∈[0,1]. A deterministic policy is a map π:S→A\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Aπ:S→A; under π\piπ the state process is the Markov chain with transition rows Ps,π(s)P_{s,\pi(s)}Ps,π(s)​.

For states s′s's′ and sss, Ts′→sπ∈[0,∞]T^{\pi}_{s'\to s}\in[0,\infty]Ts′→sπ​∈[0,∞] is the expected number of steps to reach sss when starting at s′s's′ and following π\piπ. It is 000 when s′=ss'=ss′=s. The diameter is

D(M)=max⁡s≠s′ min⁡π:S→ATs→s′π,D(\mathcal M)=\max_{s\neq s'}\ \min_{\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal A} T^{\pi}_{s\to s'},D(M)=s=s′max​ π:S→Amin​Ts→s′π​,

and M\mathcal MM is communicating when D(M)<∞D(\mathcal M)<\inftyD(M)<∞ (Definitions 1–3, p. 3). For a target sss, the vector EsE^{s}Es collects the minimum expected times, Es′s=min⁡πTs′→sπE^{s}_{s'}=\min_{\pi}T^{\pi}_{s'\to s}Es′s​=minπ​Ts′→sπ​, so Ess=0E^{s}_{s}=0Ess​=0.

The extended MDP (§3, p. 5) starts from ψ\psiψ probability vectors Qs,a1,…,Qs,aψQ^{1}_{s,a},\dots,Q^{\psi}_{s,a}Qs,a1​,…,Qs,aψ​ for every pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). In the algorithm these are posterior samples, but here they are arbitrary. The extended MDP M~\tilde{\mathcal M}M~ has the same states and, for every action aaa, the actions a1,…,aψa^{1},\dots,a^{\psi}a1,…,aψ. Taking aja^{j}aj in sss gives reward rs,ar_{s,a}rs,a​, and the next state is drawn from Qs,ajQ^{j}_{s,a}Qs,aj​. Its diameter D(M~)D(\tilde{\mathcal M})D(M~) is defined as above, minimizing over policies π~:S→{aj}\tilde\pi:\mathcal S\to\{a^{j}\}π~:S→{aj}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5.6

Let δ∈[0,1)\delta\in[0,1)δ∈[0,1). Suppose that for every target state sss, every state s′s's′ and every action aaa there is a sample index jjj with

Qs′,aj⋅Es ≤ Ps′,a⋅Es+δ.(16)Q^{j}_{s',a}\cdot E^{s}\ \le\ P_{s',a}\cdot E^{s}+\delta. \tag{16}Qs′,aj​⋅Es ≤ Ps′,a​⋅Es+δ.(16)

Then

D(M~) ≤ D(M)1−δ.D(\tilde{\mathcal M})\ \le\ \frac{D(\mathcal M)}{1-\delta}.D(M~) ≤ 1−δD(M)​.

Milestones (claims of the proof, p. 13)

  1. In a communicating MDP with at least one action, for every target s2s_2s2​ there is one deterministic policy π\piπ with Ts′→s2π=Es′s2T^{\pi}_{s'\to s_2}=E^{s_2}_{s'}Ts′→s2​π​=Es′s2​​ for every s′s's′.
  2. First-step analysis: for every policy π\piπ and s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​,
Ts→s2π=1+∑s′≠s2Ps,π(s)(s′) Ts′→s2π.T^{\pi}_{s\to s_2}=1+\sum_{s'\neq s_2}P_{s,\pi(s)}(s')\,T^{\pi}_{s'\to s_2}.Ts→s2​π​=1+s′=s2​∑​Ps,π(s)​(s′)Ts′→s2​π​.
  1. Comparison (display (17)): if E∈[0,∞]SE\in[0,\infty]^{\mathcal S}E∈[0,∞]S satisfies 1+∑s′≠s2Qs,π~(s)(s′)Es′≤Es+δ1+\sum_{s'\neq s_2}Q_{s,\tilde\pi(s)}(s')E_{s'}\le E_s+\delta1+∑s′=s2​​Qs,π~(s)​(s′)Es′​≤Es​+δ for all s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​, then (1−δ) Ts→s2π~≤Es(1-\delta)\,T^{\tilde\pi}_{s\to s_2}\le E_s(1−δ)Ts→s2​π~​≤Es​ for all s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​.

Significance

The result. Lemma 5.6 turns a per-pair, one-sided condition on samples into a global bound on the diameter. Agrawal and Jia combine it with their Lemma 5.7, which shows that (16) holds with δ≤1/2\delta\le 1/2δ≤1/2 with high probability for their posterior samples. Together these give D(M~k)≤2DD(\tilde{\mathcal M}^{k})\le 2DD(M~k)≤2D in every epoch, which is what lets the bias span of the sampled MDP enter their regret analysis. The lemma is deterministic and makes no use of how the samples were drawn, so it applies to any optimistic-sampling or perturbation scheme that produces vectors satisfying (16).

Formalizing it. The lemma is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The paper's proof assumes that every sampled entry is strictly positive ("drawn from Dirichlet distribution") so that the absorbing chain and its fundamental matrix are well defined. That assumption fails for the simple optimistic samples of the same algorithm, which can have zero entries. The statements here drop it, so a formal proof also settles the general case. Milestones 1 and 2 are standard facts about minimum expected hitting times (stochastic shortest paths) that the platform's finite-MDP library does not yet contain. They are reusable for any diameter-based regret analysis.

The main regret bound (Theorem 1) is not posed. Its constants are hidden in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), and the algorithm's parameters are given only up to Θ(⋅)\Theta(\cdot)Θ(⋅).

Difficulty

The paper's argument inverts I−Qπ~†I-Q^{\dagger}_{\tilde\pi}I−Qπ~†​ and uses the nonnegativity of the fundamental matrix of an absorbing chain. Without positive entries the policy π~\tilde\piπ~ can have closed classes that avoid the target, so I−Qπ~†I-Q^{\dagger}_{\tilde\pi}I−Qπ~†​ can be singular and the matrix argument does not apply as written. The comparison has to be made with expected travel times that may be infinite.

A second obstacle is that (16) constrains only the minimizing vectors EsE^{s}Es of the true MDP. The bound therefore needs a policy of M\mathcal MM whose travel times equal Es2E^{s_2}Es2​ from every state at once, not merely from the starting state s1s_1s1​. The existence of such a uniformly optimal deterministic policy is not immediate from the definition of the diameter, which minimizes separately for each pair of states.

Finally, the platform's expected travel time is defined through finite-horizon trajectory laws, so first-step analysis is a Markov-property computation on those measures. It does not follow from the definition by unfolding alone.

Formalization scope

  • Library. The mission reuses the published definitions FiniteMDPLearning (namespace BanditAlgorithm): FiniteMDP S A, mdpTravelTime M f src tgt (the expected hitting time minus one, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], equal to Tsrc→tgtfT^{f}_{src\to tgt}Tsrc→tgtf​), and mdpDiameterENN M (Definition 2 verbatim, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]). The mission's own definitions file adds extendedMDP, extendedAction and minTravel (the vector EsE^{s}Es).
  • Indexing. States, actions and samples are 0-based (Fin S, Fin A, Fin ψ). The action aja^{j}aj of the extended MDP is finProdFinEquiv (a, j) : Fin (A * ψ). The epoch index kkk plays no role and is dropped.
  • Extended values. Travel times, diameters, the vectors EsE^{s}Es and the inner products Q⋅EsQ\cdot E^{s}Q⋅Es are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0. The bound D/(1−δ)D/(1-\delta)D/(1−δ) is division in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] by the positive real 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, with δ∈[0,1)\delta\in[0,1)δ∈[0,1) as δ : ℝ≥0, δ < 1.
  • Quantifiers of (16). The printed (16) uses the letter sss both for the target of EsE^{s}Es and for the state in Ps,aP_{s,a}Ps,a​. The proof applies it at the current state with a different target, so the goal quantifies the target separately: for every target, state and action there is a sample.
  • Pinned hypotheses. Milestone 1 assumes D(M)<∞D(\mathcal M)<\inftyD(M)<∞ (the paper's "M\mathcal MM has diameter DDD") and A≥1A\ge1A≥1. The goal assumes neither: if D(M)=∞D(\mathcal M)=\inftyD(M)=∞ its bound is trivially true, so it generalizes the paper's statement. No statement assumes positivity of the sampled entries or any distribution of the samples.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. An extended MDP whose transitions ignore jjj or QQQ, an EsE^{s}Es that is not the infimum over policies, a hypothesis comparing QQQ and PPP against different vectors, and a real-valued conclusion through a truncation with junk value 000 for non-communicating MDPs would each make the goal vacuous or different. None is used.
  • Useful existing result. The platform has the proved drift criterion BanditAlgorithm.mdp_travel_time_le_of_lyapunov_drift (a real-valued nonnegative VVV with ∑s′Ps,f(s)(s′)V(s′)+1≤V(s)\sum_{s'}P_{s,f(s)}(s')V(s')+1\le V(s)∑s′​Ps,f(s)​(s′)V(s′)+1≤V(s) off the target bounds the travel time by VVV), which covers the case δ=0\delta=0δ=0 of milestone 3 for finite EEE.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the three milestones and of the goal; a general first-step (Markov property) lemma for mdpMeasure; an existence theorem for uniformly optimal deterministic policies of minimum expected hitting time.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and R. Jia, Posterior sampling for reinforcement learning: worst-case regret bounds, arXiv:1705.07041v3, 2020; published as Optimistic posterior sampling for reinforcement learning: worst-case regret bounds, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1705.07041
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-optimal regret bounds for reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/jaksch10a.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, An analysis of stochastic shortest path problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(3), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.16.3.580
  • C. M. Grinstead and J. L. Snell, Introduction to Probability, American Mathematical Society, 2nd revised edition, 1997 (Chapter 11, absorbing Markov chains). https://math.dartmouth.edu/~prob/prob/prob.pdf
  • T. Lattimore and C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020 (Chapter 38, MDPs and the diameter). https://tor-lattimore.com/downloads/book/book.pdf
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption I: Blockchain Adoption Raises Total Welfare for Large Horizontal Differentiation Yet Is Not an EquilibriumResearch Paper

Why blockchain adoption in supply chains is an economic question

A permissioned blockchain is a shared ledger that only invited parties may write to. In supply chains it is promoted as a way to make the provenance and quality of goods verifiable by the end consumer: a manufacturer who joins records how a good was produced, and consumers can read that record. Joining is costly, and the parties who pay the cost are not the parties who benefit most from the information. Whether such a technology is adopted at all is therefore a question about incentives, not engineering.

G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman and W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption (SSRN 3602376; Management Science, 2023, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532), build a stylised supply chain with vendors, price-competing manufacturers and consumers with an outside option, and show that welfare-improving adoption can fail to arise in equilibrium. This mission formalizes the first of the paper's two main results, Proposition 4.8, together with the welfare comparisons it rests on. A companion mission formalizes the second, the self-financing transfers of Proposition 4.9.

The supply chain

There are two vendors, of high and low quality h>l≥0h > l \ge 0h>l≥0, and a set MMM of 4m4m4m manufacturers, m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 of each type (qi,ξi)∈{A,B}×{h,l}(q_i,\xi_i) \in \{A,B\}\times\{h,l\}(qi​,ξi​)∈{A,B}×{h,l}. A consumer of horizontal type tkt_ktk​ obtains utility HHH from a good with qi=tkq_i = t_kqi​=tk​ and LLL otherwise, plus the vertical utility ξi\xi_iξi​; here 0≤L<H0 \le L < H0≤L<H, and Δ:=H−L>0\Delta := H - L > 0Δ:=H−L>0 measures horizontal differentiation. Consumers can always take an outside option φk\varphi_kφk​, drawn from a continuous distribution GGG supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The high type vendor produces at cost ch(x)=γxc_h(x) = \gamma xch​(x)=γx, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0; the low type vendor at a strictly increasing convex cost clc_lcl​ with cl(0)=0c_l(0)=0cl​(0)=0 and strictly increasing derivative cl′c_l'cl′​ (Assumption 1, items 1–2).

Manufacturer iii may join the blockchain at cost χi>0\chi_i > 0χi​>0 (ai=1a_i = 1ai​=1) or not (ai=0a_i = 0ai​=0). Three scenarios are compared: full adoption FFF (all adopt), partial adoption PPP (exactly the high type manufacturers adopt) and non-adoption NNN. The paper's Proposition A.1 gives each scenario's equilibrium in closed form: every consumer's best manufacturer offers utility

uF=uP=H+h−γ,uN=H+L+h+l2−γ,u^F = u^P = H + h - \gamma,\qquad u^N = \tfrac{H+L+h+l}{2} - \gamma,uF=uP=H+h−γ,uN=2H+L+h+l​−γ,

the low type vendor price is ΨlF=max⁡{γ−(h−l),0}\Psi^F_l = \max\{\gamma-(h-l),0\}ΨlF​=max{γ−(h−l),0}, ΨlP=max⁡{γ−(h−l)−H−L2,0}\Psi^P_l = \max\{\gamma-(h-l)-\frac{H-L}{2},0\}ΨlP​=max{γ−(h−l)−2H−L​,0}, ΨlN=γ\Psi^N_l = \gammaΨlN​=γ (the high type price is always γ\gammaγ), the low type market shares are slF=(cl′)−1(γ−(h−l))s^F_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma-(h-l))slF​=(cl′​)−1(γ−(h−l)), slP=(cl′)−1(γ−(h−l)−H−L2)s^P_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma-(h-l)-\frac{H-L}{2})slP​=(cl′​)−1(γ−(h−l)−2H−L​), slN=(cl′)−1(γ)s^N_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma)slN​=(cl′​)−1(γ), and shX=G(uX)−slXs^X_h = G(u^X) - s^X_lshX​=G(uX)−slX​. Manufacturers earn zero gross profit Π\PiΠ in every scenario because of price competition.

Welfare in scenario XXX is the sum WX=WVX+WMX+WCXW^X = W^X_V + W^X_M + W^X_CWX=WVX​+WMX​+WCX​ of vendor welfare WVXW^X_VWVX​ (revenue minus production cost of both vendors, (10)), manufacturer welfare WMX=∑i(Π−χiaiX)W^X_M = \sum_{i}(\Pi - \chi_i a^X_i)WMX​=∑i​(Π−χi​aiX​) and consumer welfare WCX=E[max⁡{uX,φ}]W^X_C = \mathbb E[\max\{u^X,\varphi\}]WCX​=E[max{uX,φ}] ((12)). The adoption game (8) lets each manufacturer choose aia_iai​ to maximise Π(ai,a−i)−χiai\Pi(a_i,a_{-i}) - \chi_i a_iΠ(ai​,a−i​)−χi​ai​. An adoption failure is a situation in which full adoption raises total welfare, WF>WNW^F > W^NWF>WN, but is not an equilibrium of the adoption game.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.8 (p. 19)

With LLL fixed and H=L+ΔH = L + \DeltaH=L+Δ,

∃ Δ‾  ∀ Δ>Δ‾:WF(Δ)>WN(Δ)  and full adoption is not an equilibrium,\exists\,\underline\Delta\ \ \forall\,\Delta > \underline\Delta:\quad W^F(\Delta) > W^N(\Delta)\ \text{ and full adoption is not an equilibrium},∃Δ​  ∀Δ>Δ​:WF(Δ)>WN(Δ)  and full adoption is not an equilibrium,

at every such Δ\DeltaΔ at which Assumption 1 holds. The threshold Δ‾\underline\DeltaΔ​ is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones

  • Proposition 4.1 (pp. 15–16): WCF≥WCP>WCNW^F_C \ge W^P_C > W^N_CWCF​≥WCP​>WCN​.
  • Proposition 4.3 (p. 17): WMF<WMP<WMNW^F_M < W^P_M < W^N_MWMF​<WMP​<WMN​.
  • Proposition 4.4 (p. 17): WVF, WVP<WVNW^F_V,\ W^P_V < W^N_VWVF​, WVP​<WVN​.
  • Proposition 4.6 (p. 18): WF,WP>WNW^F, W^P > W^NWF,WP>WN for all sufficiently large Δ\DeltaΔ; at fixed Δ\DeltaΔ, WF<WNW^F < W^NWF<WN once ∑i∈Mχi\sum_{i\in M}\chi_i∑i∈M​χi​ is large and WP<WNW^P < W^NWP<WN once ∑i:ξi=hχi\sum_{i:\xi_i=h}\chi_i∑i:ξi​=h​χi​ is large.
  • Proposition 4.7 (p. 19): neither full nor partial adoption is an equilibrium.

What the result gives

The proposition isolates a mechanism: blockchain information raises consumer surplus, which grows without bound in Δ\DeltaΔ, while Bertrand competition prevents the manufacturers who pay for adoption from capturing any of it. The conclusion is a market failure that persists however valuable the information is, and it motivates the paper's transfer scheme (Proposition 4.9), in which a consumer access fee finances the adopters. The welfare comparisons of Propositions 4.1–4.6 are reusable on their own: they quantify who gains and who loses from information disclosure in a vertically and horizontally differentiated market.

The results are proved in the paper (App. A.2, pp. 33–36). None is machine-checked. This mission produces a checked version of the welfare comparisons and of the failure result in the reduced form described below; the proofs as printed use a density for GGG and a second derivative of clc_lcl​, neither of which the model assumes, so a formal proof has to avoid both.

Where the difficulty lies

The equilibrium part is light once the gross profit is zero. The substance is in the welfare comparisons. Consumer welfare is an expectation E[max⁡{u,φ}]\mathbb E[\max\{u,\varphi\}]E[max{u,φ}] of an outside option with an arbitrary continuous law: strict monotonicity in uuu needs positive mass of φ\varphiφ below uNu^NuN, which is a consequence of Assumption 1 rather than an assumption, and the growth in Δ\DeltaΔ of WF−WNW^F - W^NWF−WN has to be bounded below without a density. Vendor welfare involves the generalised inverse (cl′)−1(c_l')^{-1}(cl′​)−1, which is 000 below cl′(0)c_l'(0)cl′​(0): the comparison WVF<WVNW^F_V < W^N_VWVF​<WVN​ must handle the regime where the low type vendor's share collapses to zero and the regime where it is interior, and must obtain continuity of cl′c_l'cl′​ from convexity rather than from a second derivative.

Formalization scope

The paper describes a signalling and pricing game but does not define its equilibrium concept precisely; Proposition A.1 states the outcomes and every proof in App. A.2 uses only those closed forms. The mission adopts the same reduced form, disclosed in every item: welfare is evaluated at Proposition A.1's prices, shares and utilities; the manufacturers' gross profit Π\PiΠ is the constant 000 for every adoption profile (the paper's statement in the proof of Proposition 4.3, p. 34); an equilibrium of the adoption stage is a pure Nash equilibrium of (8) with that payoff, expressed with AGT.IsPureNash from the published agt_games vocabulary. The signal accuracy is fixed at α=1/2\alpha = 1/2α=1/2, as in the paper's main text.

Conventions: manufacturers are Fin 2 × Bool × Fin m (the Boolean records ξi=h\xi_i = hξi​=h), adoption profiles are Boolean functions, GGG is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ for a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR, Δ\DeltaΔ is an argument of every statement with H=L+ΔH = L + \DeltaH=L+Δ, and (cl′)−1(x)=sup⁡{s≥0:cl′(s)≤x}(c_l')^{-1}(x) = \sup\{s \ge 0 : c_l'(s) \le x\}(cl′​)−1(x)=sup{s≥0:cl′​(s)≤x}. The standing assumptions are bundled in Model.Standing: m≥2m \ge 2m≥2, 0≤L0 \le L0≤L, 0≤l<h0 \le l < h0≤l<h, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, χi>0\chi_i > 0χi​>0, μ\muμ an atomless probability measure with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0)) = 0μ((−∞,0))=0 and positive mass on every interval (a,b)⊆[0,∞)(a,b) \subseteq [0,\infty)(a,b)⊆[0,∞), clc_lcl​ strictly increasing and convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with cl(0)=0c_l(0) = 0cl​(0)=0 and a strictly increasing derivative there. One hypothesis is added to the paper's: φ\varphiφ has a finite mean, which the paper uses (its proof of Proposition 4.1 integrates v p(v)v\,p(v)vp(v)) without stating it. Assumption 1, item 3, depends on Δ\DeltaΔ through HHH and is a hypothesis at each Δ\DeltaΔ; it is satisfiable (for instance with cl(x)=x2c_l(x) = x^2cl​(x)=x2, φ∼Exp(1)\varphi \sim \mathrm{Exp}(1)φ∼Exp(1), γ=1/2\gamma = 1/2γ=1/2, h=1h=1h=1, L=l=0L=l=0L=l=0, Δ=4\Delta = 4Δ=4) and monotone in Δ\DeltaΔ.

The formalization rules out the trivializing readings: the equilibrium predicate is concrete, not an abstract hypothesis; the integrals are of integrable functions, so no junk value 000 enters; the inverse of cl′c_l'cl′​ is the explicit supremum, not Function.invFun; and LLL, not HHH, is held fixed as Δ\DeltaΔ grows.

Needed infrastructure: expectations of max⁡{c,φ}\max\{c,\varphi\}max{c,φ} as a function of ccc (monotonicity, growth), and the generalised inverse of a strictly increasing derivative of a convex function. Both are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are alternative arguments that avoid the density and the second derivative of the printed proofs.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, SSRN 3602376, version of 2022-08-19. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3602376
  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532
  • N. Nisan, T. Roughgarden, É. Tardos, V. Vazirani (eds.), Algorithmic Game Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2007, Ch. 1 (pure Nash equilibrium). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511800481
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Gathering Information before Negotiation I: The Buyer's Optimal Information Acquisition Increases with Its Bargaining Power and First Increases, Then Decreases with the Seller's CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Many transactions are priced by negotiation rather than posted prices: business-to-business procurement, used cars, real estate, the purchase of a company. Before negotiating, a buyer can often spend effort finding out how much the object is actually worth to it, through inspections, trials, consultants or market research. That information serves two purposes. It improves the joint decision of whether to trade at all, and it changes how the surplus of trade is split. Liang Guo's Gathering Information before Negotiation (SSRN 3930651; Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360) studies how a buyer's endogenous information acquisition interacts with the two primitives of bargaining: the parties' bargaining powers and the seller's cost.

The first finding of the paper, Proposition 1, concerns how much information the buyer gathers. Its comparative statics in the seller's cost are non-monotone, and this non-monotonicity drives the later results of the paper, in which a seller can be worse off with more bargaining power or a lower cost. This mission formalizes Proposition 1 in its general form, for an arbitrary prior. A companion mission (Gathering Information before Negotiation II) formalizes the payoff reversals under a uniform prior and a linear information cost.

Setting

A seller can supply one unit of a product at cost ccc. A buyer's true value uuu of the unit is unknown to both parties; the common prior law of uuu is FFF, with a finite mean u^>0\hat u>0u^>0.

Before negotiating, the buyer acquires a truth-or-noise signal www: with probability α\alphaα the signal equals uuu, and with probability 1−α1-\alpha1−α it is an independent draw from FFF. Because the parties are risk neutral, only the buyer's posterior mean

v≡αw+(1−α)u^v\equiv\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv≡αw+(1−α)u^

matters. Ex ante, vvv has the distribution function

G(v,α)≡F ⁣(v−(1−α)u^α).G(v,\alpha)\equiv F\!\left(\frac{v-(1-\alpha)\hat u}{\alpha}\right).G(v,α)≡F(αv−(1−α)u^​).

The buyer chooses the informativeness α\alphaα in an interval [α‾,αˉ]⊆(0,1)[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subseteq(0,1)[α​,αˉ]⊆(0,1) at a cost k(α)k(\alpha)k(α) that is increasing, with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and k(αˉ)>0k(\bar\alpha)>0k(αˉ)>0.

After observing vvv, the parties trade exactly when v>cv>cv>c and split the net surplus v−cv-cv−c according to their bargaining powers θs,θb∈(0,1)\theta_s,\theta_b\in(0,1)θs​,θb​∈(0,1), θs+θb=1\theta_s+\theta_b=1θs​+θb​=1. Anticipating this, the buyer chooses α\alphaα to solve

max⁡α∈[α‾,αˉ] Ub(α)=θb A(α,c)−k(α),A(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) dG(v,α),(6)\max_{\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]}\ U_b(\alpha)=\theta_b\,A(\alpha,c)-k(\alpha),\qquad A(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,dG(v,\alpha),\tag{6}α∈[α​,αˉ]max​ Ub​(α)=θb​A(α,c)−k(α),A(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)dG(v,α),(6)

where A(α,c)A(\alpha,c)A(α,c) is the total ex ante surplus (7). A solution of (6) is written α∗\alpha^*α∗; in general there may be several, and A∗(θb,c)\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)A∗(θb​,c) denotes the set of all of them.

Two sets S,T⊆RS,T\subseteq\mathbb RS,T⊆R are compared in the induced set order S⊑TS\sqsubseteq TS⊑T when min⁡(s,t)∈S\min(s,t)\in Smin(s,t)∈S and max⁡(s,t)∈T\max(s,t)\in Tmax(s,t)∈T for all s∈Ss\in Ss∈S, t∈Tt\in Tt∈T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 10)

Whenever the optimal sets compared are nonempty,

θb≤θb′ ⟹ A∗(θb,c)⊑A∗(θb′,c),\theta_b\le\theta_b'\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b',c),θb​≤θb′​ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c)⊑A∗(θb′​,c), c≤c′≤u^ ⟹ A∗(θb,c)⊑A∗(θb,c′),u^≤c≤c′ ⟹ A∗(θb,c′)⊑A∗(θb,c).c\le c'\le\hat u\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c'),\qquad \hat u\le c\le c'\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c')\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c).c≤c′≤u^ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c)⊑A∗(θb​,c′),u^≤c≤c′ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c′)⊑A∗(θb​,c).

The buyer's optimal information acquisition increases with its bargaining power, and first increases and then decreases with the seller's cost, turning at the prior mean u^\hat uu^.

Milestones

  1. Display (1), p. 7. G(v,α)G(v,\alpha)G(v,α) is nondecreasing in α\alphaα for v<u^v<\hat uv<u^ and nonincreasing for v>u^v>\hat uv>u^: the family rotates about u^\hat uu^.
  2. Display (2) and footnote 7, p. 8. The mean of vvv is u^\hat uu^ for every α\alphaα, and α↦A(α,c)\alpha\mapsto A(\alpha,c)α↦A(α,c) is nondecreasing.
  3. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. Integration by parts: Ub(α)=θb∫c∞[1−G(v,α)] dv−k(α)U_b(\alpha)=\theta_b\int_c^{\infty}[1-G(v,\alpha)]\,dv-k(\alpha)Ub​(α)=θb​∫c∞​[1−G(v,α)]dv−k(α).
  4. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. UbU_bUb​ has increasing differences in (α,θb)(\alpha,\theta_b)(α,θb​).
  5. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. UbU_bUb​ has increasing differences in (α,c)(\alpha,c)(α,c) for c≤u^c\le\hat uc≤u^ and decreasing differences for c≥u^c\ge\hat uc≥u^.
  6. Topkis's theorem (Topkis 1998, Theorem 2.8.1), already proved on the platform and referenced.

Significance

The result. The first part of Proposition 1 says that a buyer with more bargaining power gathers more information, because it captures a larger share of the surplus that information creates. The second part is the less expected one: a higher seller cost shrinks the gains from trade, yet it raises the buyer's incentive to become informed as long as the cost is below the prior mean u^\hat uu^, and lowers it only beyond. Information is most valuable when trade is a close call. The paper's later results (Corollary 1, Propositions 2 and 3) build on this: since information acquisition responds to θb\theta_bθb​ and ccc, the seller's equilibrium payoff need not increase in its own bargaining power or decrease in its cost. The paper also notes (p. 11) that the monotonicity in θb\theta_bθb​ needs only that a higher α\alphaα is a mean-preserving spread, which is why the statement is posed here for every prior with finite mean.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved in the paper, in a short appendix argument that differentiates under the integral and appeals to Topkis's theorem. To our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a density-free formalization: the rotation property and the mean-preserving-spread property of the truth-or-noise family, the integration-by-parts identity for the expected positive part, and the two increasing-differences statements, which together with the already formalized Topkis theorem give the goal.

Difficulty

The paper's argument is first-order: it computes cross-partial derivatives such as ∂2Ub/∂c ∂α=θb ∂G(c,α)/∂α\partial^2U_b/\partial c\,\partial\alpha=\theta_b\,\partial G(c,\alpha)/\partial\alpha∂2Ub​/∂c∂α=θb​∂G(c,α)/∂α and reads off their signs. Without a density these derivatives need not exist, and the information cost kkk is assumed only increasing, so UbU_bUb​ need not be differentiable, concave or even continuous in α\alphaα. The statements here are therefore in difference form, and the cross effects must be established as inequalities between integrals over different distributions of vvv.

The second obstacle is the shape of the comparative statics. Topkis's theorem gives a monotone optimal set in the induced set order on a parameter range where increasing differences hold, but the cost ccc has increasing differences only on (−∞,u^](-\infty,\hat u](−∞,u^] and decreasing differences on [u^,∞)[\hat u,\infty)[u^,∞). The referenced platform theorem, by contrast, asks for increasing differences on the whole product of the decision and parameter spaces, so it does not apply to UbU_bUb​ as it stands.

The obvious shortcut of picking a selection from the optimal set and proving it monotone does not work: the cross differences are only weakly positive (they vanish when ccc lies outside the support of vvv), so the strict version of Topkis's theorem does not apply, and two different maximizers need not be ordered.

Formalization scope

The prior is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with integrable identity and positive mean u^=∫w dμ\hat u=\int w\,d\muu^=∫wdμ. The paper's additional assumptions on FFF (continuous and differentiable, strictly positive density on a bounded support [u‾,uˉ][\underline u,\bar u][u​,uˉ]) and c∈(u‾,uˉ)c\in(\underline u,\bar u)c∈(u​,uˉ) are dropped: every statement is posed for all priors with finite mean and all real ccc, which implies the paper's case. FFF is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ, and GGG is defined from it by the page's formula. The interval [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] satisfies 0<α‾<αˉ<10<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<10<α​<αˉ<1; kkk is monotone on it with k(α‾)=0<k(αˉ)k(\underline\alpha)=0<k(\bar\alpha)k(α​)=0<k(αˉ); θb∈(0,1)\theta_b\in(0,1)θb​∈(0,1) in every statement.

The total ex ante surplus is defined as A(α,c)=∫max⁡(αw+(1−α)u^−c,0) dμ(w)A(\alpha,c)=\int\max(\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat u-c,0)\,d\mu(w)A(α,c)=∫max(αw+(1−α)u^−c,0)dμ(w), which is (7) after the change of variables v=αw+(1−α)u^v=\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv=αw+(1−α)u^. The bargaining stage is not modelled; the paper's reduction to (6) is built into UbU_bUb​. The optimal level α∗\alpha^*α∗ is the set of maximizers of UbU_bUb​ over [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] (optSet), never a chosen element. "Increases" is the induced set order, and every comparison assumes both optimal sets nonempty, which is the paper's presumption that (6) has a solution.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: AAA is never given by a closed form or by the integration-by-parts expression (that identity is a milestone), α∗\alpha^*α∗ is never defined by a formula or a threshold rule, and the nonemptiness hypotheses prevent the induced set order from holding vacuously on an empty optimal set.

The development reuses the platform definitions Supermodularity.Lattices.InducedSetOrder and Supermodularity.Monotonicity.IncreasingDifferencesOn and the proved theorem Supermodularity.Monotonicity.argmax_increasing_of_increasing_differences. The rotation and mean-preserving-spread lemmas for truth-or-noise signals, and the tail-integral identity E[(X−c)+]=∫c∞P(X>x) dx\mathbb E[(X-c)^+]=\int_c^\infty P(X>x)\,dxE[(X−c)+]=∫c∞​P(X>x)dx for integrable XXX, are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of the milestones, of alternative proofs that avoid the integration by parts, and of the strict versions under the paper's density assumption are welcome.

Not posed in this mission: the benchmark (3)–(5), Corollary 1, Propositions 2–7, and the extensions of §4–§5.

Selected references

  • L. Guo, Gathering Information before Negotiation, author's manuscript of 15 Feb 2022, SSRN 3930651. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3930651 ; published in Management Science (2022), https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • J. P. Johnson and D. P. Myatt, On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design, American Economic Review 96(3), 756–784, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.96.3.756
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsMarkov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels I: The Magnet Rule Makes the Rendezvous Chain Doubly Stochastic, and Its Stationary Distribution Is Uniform on the Inner DiamondResearch Paper

Motivation

A mobile retail stall can travel toward its next customer while that customer walks toward the stall. The customer's walking allowance changes where the stall stops, so it also changes the location from which the next trip begins. A useful trip-length calculation therefore needs a distribution for successive meeting points, not just a rule for one meeting. Cao and Qi study this question in a service zone assigned to one stall and give a particular magnet rule whose rendezvous chain has a simple stationary law Cao and Qi, §3.3. The result supplies the location model used in their analysis of repositioning distances.

The rule matters because different choices of a meeting point can produce different chains even when each choice lets the customer walk the same maximum distance. The paper's Theorem 1 establishes a distributional property of the specified rule, for every admissible finite grid. Its proof is in Appendix B, pp. 46–49 of the cited SSRN manuscript.

Setting

The service zone is a square drawn as a diamond in ordinary horizontal and vertical coordinates. Its edge length is RRR in Euclidean distance, while stall and customer travel is measured in Manhattan distance. For the chain, use the paper's two edge coordinates, aligned with the lower edges of the zone. The full customer grid is Gk={0,…,k}2G_k=\{0,\ldots,k\}^2Gk​={0,…,k}2, so it contains (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 points. A customer is uniform on this full grid.

Write h=ϕkh=\phi kh=ϕk, where ϕ=r/(2R)\phi=r/(\sqrt2R)ϕ=r/(2​R) and rrr is the customer's maximum walking distance. The paper chooses kkk so that hhh is an integer and assumes 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k. The stall docks only at points of the inner diamond

I0=[h,k−h]2∩Z2.\mathcal I_0=[h,k-h]^2\cap\mathbb Z^2.I0​=[h,k−h]2∩Z2.

The name “diamond” refers to its appearance in ordinary coordinates; in edge coordinates it is an axis-aligned square. A type-1 origin lies in I1=[2h,k−2h]2∩Z2\mathcal I_1=[2h,k-2h]^2\cap\mathbb Z^2I1​=[2h,k−2h]2∩Z2. The other origins in I0\mathcal I_0I0​ are type 2. The closed small diamond around an origin zo=(xo,yo)z_o=(x_o,y_o)zo​=(xo​,yo​) is I(zo)=[xo−h,xo+h]×[yo−h,yo+h]∩Z2\mathcal I(z_o)=[x_o-h,x_o+h]\times[y_o-h,y_o+h]\cap\mathbb Z^2I(zo​)=[xo​−h,xo​+h]×[yo​−h,yo​+h]∩Z2.

The magnet rule maps the origin zoz_ozo​ and next customer location zcz_czc​ to a rendezvous zdz_dzd​. The stall stays at zoz_ozo​ when zc∈I(zo)z_c\in\mathcal I(z_o)zc​∈I(zo​). Otherwise, the location of zcz_czc​ in one of eight surrounding regions selects one of eight customer movement arrows. At a type-1 origin the head of that arrow is the rendezvous. At a type-2 origin the rule changes an arrow whose head would leave I0\mathcal I_0I0​, keeping the rendezvous inside it while preserving the customer's allowed walking distance. These are Definitions 1 and 2 of the paper pp. 14–16.

For zo,zd∈I0z_o,z_d\in\mathcal I_0zo​,zd​∈I0​, let A(zo,zd)\mathcal A(z_o,z_d)A(zo​,zd​) be the customer grid locations sent from zoz_ozo​ to zdz_dzd​. The transition probability is

P(zo,zd)=∣A(zo,zd)∣(k+1)2.\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=\frac{|\mathcal A(z_o,z_d)|}{(k+1)^2}.P(zo​,zd​)=(k+1)2∣A(zo​,zd​)∣​.

Thus the denominator is the number of possible customers, not the number of stall locations. Repeated independent customer locations produce a finite Markov chain on I0\mathcal I_0I0​.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 1 p. 17. For every k,h∈Nk,h\in\mathbb Nk,h∈N with 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k, its first part says that P\mathbb PP is doubly stochastic:

∑zd∈I0P(zo,zd)=1and∑zo∈I0P(zo,zd)=1.\sum_{z_d\in\mathcal I_0}\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=1 \quad\text{and}\quad \sum_{z_o\in\mathcal I_0}\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=1.zd​∈I0​∑​P(zo​,zd​)=1andzo​∈I0​∑​P(zo​,zd​)=1.

Its second part says that the stationary distribution is uniform on I0\mathcal I_0I0​. The formal target states existence and uniqueness: a probability vector π\piπ is stationary for P\mathbb PP if and only if π(z)=1/∣I0∣\pi(z)=1/|\mathcal I_0|π(z)=1/∣I0​∣ for every state zzz.

The milestones follow the source's intermediate assertions: the rule keeps the rendezvous in I0\mathcal I_0I0​ at the prescribed customer distance; each row counts (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 customers; the type-1 self-transition counts (2h+1)2(2h+1)^2(2h+1)2 customers; type-1 and type-2 columns each count (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 incoming customer events; and every transition entry is positive. The last assertion supports the uniqueness clause.

Significance

A uniform stationary law replaces an unknown, history-dependent location distribution with one specified directly by the inner diamond. In the paper, that distribution is the location input for later within-radius repositioning calculations Cao and Qi, §§3.2–3.3. The result is specific to the magnet rule. It does not say that every reasonable meeting rule has a uniform stationary law.

The paper proves the finite-grid theorem in Appendix B. This mission asks for a machine-checked account of its exact finite combinatorial statement. The development will provide reusable definitions of the grid rule and its transition counts, while using an existing formal library interface for finite Markov chains. The theorem statements are open proof targets; a successful local compilation of their statements alone is not a proof.

Difficulty

Unit row sums follow from assigning each customer location to one next rendezvous. Unit column sums are subtler: fixing a destination and varying the origin gives overlapping sets of customer locations. Interior destinations and boundary destinations have different counts because a type-2 origin can redirect an arrow that would otherwise leave the allowed stall region. The source treats these as Case I and Case II on pp. 46–49. An interior-only count cannot establish the theorem for all of I0\mathcal I_0I0​, and positivity of every transition is a separate requirement for identifying the unique stationary law.

Formalization scope

Lean uses integer coordinate pairs for grid points and finite sets for GkG_kGk​, I0\mathcal I_0I0​, I1\mathcal I_1I1​, and I(zo)\mathcal I(z_o)I(zo​). The region boundaries use the paper's strict or inclusive inequalities exactly. The permitted parameters are all natural numbers k,hk,hk,h satisfying 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k, including h=0h=0h=0, k=0k=0k=0, and 2h=k2h=k2h=k. In physical units h=ϕkh=\phi kh=ϕk; no division by kkk occurs in the formal statements. When k=0k=0k=0, there is one customer point and one state.

The matrix is computed from the paper's two-part magnet rule and uniform demand on the full grid. Defining it as a uniform matrix, using a nearest-point rule, dropping the type-2 correction, fixing one grid size, or proving only column sums would miss the target. The definition of A\mathcal AA counts customer locations that induce a transition. This includes customers already inside I(zo)\mathcal I(z_o)I(zo​) in a self-transition, as required by the paper's Case I(IX) and row-count formula. The paper's separate Proposition 2 is not a claim of this mission because it is false as printed; none of these targets assumes it. The finite-grid theorem does not formalize the subsequent informal k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ statement.

The complete development needs finite-set counting, integer interval bounds, real-valued stochastic matrices, and the stationary-distribution interface of the published MarkovChain definition. Contributions proving any of the stated counting milestones or strengthening the finite-chain consequences are welcome. The paper's own proof is in Appendix B, pp. 46–49.

Selected references

  • J. Cao and W. Qi, Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels, SSRN manuscript 3711896, 2022, §§3.2–3.3 and Appendix B, pp. 46–49. Manuscript.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning 3: EllipsoidalCones Has Worst-Case Regret O(d² ln(T tan α(C₀))) from a Pointed Initial Knowledge SetResearch Paper

Motivation

In inverse optimization one observes the decisions of an expert who solves an optimization problem and tries to recover the expert's objective. The contextual version of Besbes, Fonseca and Lobel (arXiv:2106.14015; Operations Research, 2025) asks a sharper question: not how well the cost can be estimated, but how well a decision-maker who imitates the expert performs, measured by regret against the expert. Settings of this kind arise whenever a firm wants to reproduce the routine choices of an experienced planner, for example routing, assortment or scheduling decisions, without being told the planner's cost trade-offs.

The online setting is adversarial. Nature fixes an unknown cost vector and then presents a sequence of problems; after each decision it reveals the expert's optimal action, which cuts the set of costs still consistent with the observations. A companion mission of this series shows that the natural greedy policy, which plays the center of this consistent set, can incur regret linear in the horizon. This mission formalizes the paper's first positive answer: an algorithm, EllipsoidalCones, with regret logarithmic in the horizon when the initial set of costs lies inside a pointed cone.

Setting

Costs lie on the unit sphere SdS^dSd of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d=m+1≥2d=m+1\ge2d=m+1≥2. In period ttt nature presents a feasible set Xt⊆Rn\mathcal X_t\subseteq\mathbb R^nXt​⊆Rn, compact, nonempty and of diameter at most 111, and a 111-Lipschitz context ft:Rn→Rdf_t:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^dft​:Rn→Rd. The forward problem with cost ccc has solution set ψ(c,Xt,ft)=argmin⁡x∈Xtft(x)′c\psi(c,\mathcal X_t,f_t)=\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X_t}f_t(x)'cψ(c,Xt​,ft​)=argminx∈Xt​​ft​(x)′c. The decision-maker plays some xtπx^\pi_txtπ​, nature reveals an expert action xt⋆∈ψ(c⋆,Xt,ft)x^\star_t\in\psi(c^\star,\mathcal X_t,f_t)xt⋆​∈ψ(c⋆,Xt​,ft​) for the true cost c⋆c^\starc⋆, and the regret over TTT periods is

RTπ=∑t=1T(ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆))′c⋆.\mathcal R^\pi_T=\sum_{t=1}^T\big(f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t)\big)'c^\star .RTπ​=t=1∑T​(ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​))′c⋆.

The knowledge set C(It)C(\mathcal I_t)C(It​) is the set of costs in the initial set C0⊆SdC_0\subseteq S^dC0​⊆Sd under which every expert action seen so far was optimal.

The angle between nonzero vectors is θ(c,c^)=arccos⁡(c′c^/∥c∥∥c^∥)\theta(c,\hat c)=\arccos(c'\hat c/\|c\|\|\hat c\|)θ(c,c^)=arccos(c′c^/∥c∥∥c^∥), and the uncertainty angle of a set CCC is α(C)=inf⁡c^∈Sdsup⁡c∈Cθ(c,c^)\alpha(C)=\inf_{\hat c\in S^d}\sup_{c\in C}\theta(c,\hat c)α(C)=infc^∈Sd​supc∈C​θ(c,c^); a minimizing c^\hat cc^ is a circumcenter. The initial set is pointed when α(C0)<π/2\alpha(C_0)<\pi/2α(C0​)<π/2.

For a positive diagonal W=diag⁡(w1,…,wm)W=\operatorname{diag}(w_1,\dots,w_m)W=diag(w1​,…,wm​) and an orthonormal UUU, the ellipsoidal cone is

E(W,U)={c: c~[1]≥0, c~[2:d]′W−1c~[2:d]≤c~[1]2},c~=U−1c,E(W,U)=\{c:\ \tilde c_{[1]}\ge0,\ \tilde c_{[2:d]}'W^{-1}\tilde c_{[2:d]}\le\tilde c_{[1]}^2\},\qquad \tilde c=U^{-1}c ,E(W,U)={c: c~[1]​≥0, c~[2:d]′​W−1c~[2:d]​≤c~[1]2​},c~=U−1c,

a cone with axis Ue1Ue_1Ue1​ and elliptical cross-section. The effective difference of period ttt is δtπ=(ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆))/∥ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆)∥\delta^\pi_t=(f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t))/\|f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t)\|δtπ​=(ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​))/∥ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​)∥ (and 000 if the difference vanishes).

EllipsoidalCones with parameter ϵ\epsilonϵ starts from the circular cone W1=tan⁡2α(C0)IW_1=\tan^2\alpha(C_0)IW1​=tan2α(C0​)I, U1e1U_1e_1U1​e1​ a circumcenter of C0C_0C0​, and plays the axis Ute1U_te_1Ut​e1​ as proxy cost. With δˉ=Ut−1δtπ\bar\delta=U_t^{-1}\delta^\pi_tδˉ=Ut−1​δtπ​ it keeps the cone if

δˉ[2:d]′Wtδˉ[2:d]≤ϵ2(12)\bar\delta_{[2:d]}'W_t\bar\delta_{[2:d]}\le\epsilon^2 \qquad (12)δˉ[2:d]′​Wt​δˉ[2:d]​≤ϵ2(12)

and otherwise replaces it by the output of ConeUpdate, which performs one central-cut step of the ellipsoid method on the cone's cross-section and re-centres the result by a spectral decomposition.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 20)

With ϵ=d/T\epsilon=d/Tϵ=d/T there is an absolute constant KKK such that for every d≥2d\ge2d≥2, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, closed pointed C0C_0C0​ with α(C0)>0\alpha(C_0)>0α(C0​)>0, c⋆∈C0c^\star\in C_0c⋆∈C0​, admissible instances and run,

RTπ≤K d2ln⁡(Ttan⁡α(C0))  if α(C0)>arctan⁡(d/T),RTπ≤K d  otherwise.\mathcal R^\pi_T\le K\,d^2\ln\big(T\tan\alpha(C_0)\big)\ \text{ if }\alpha(C_0)>\arctan(d/T),\qquad \mathcal R^\pi_T\le K\,d\ \text{ otherwise.}RTπ​≤Kd2ln(Ttanα(C0​))  if α(C0​)>arctan(d/T),RTπ​≤Kd  otherwise.

The constant is left unfixed: the shape d2ln⁡(Ttan⁡α(C0))d^2\ln(T\tan\alpha(C_0))d2ln(Ttanα(C0​)) is the claim, and the proof's explicit constant rests on a step that fails at d=2d=2d=2.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: α(E(W,U))=arctan⁡λmax⁡(W)\alpha(E(W,U))=\arctan\sqrt{\lambda_{\max}(W)}α(E(W,U))=arctanλmax​(W)​.
  2. Lemma 4: if C(It)⊆E(Wt,Ut)C(\mathcal I_t)\subseteq E(W_t,U_t)C(It​)⊆E(Wt​,Ut​) and (12) holds, the period's regret is at most ϵ\epsilonϵ.
  3. Lemma B-1 (η=0\eta=0η=0): ConeUpdate's output contains E(W,U)∩{δ′c≥0}E(W,U)\cap\{\delta'c\ge0\}E(W,U)∩{δ′c≥0} and ∏λi\prod\lambda_i∏λi​ shrinks by e−1/(2(d−1))e^{-1/(2(d-1))}e−1/(2(d−1)).
  4. Lemma 3: C(It+1)⊆E(Wt,Ut)∩{δtπ′c≥0}⊆E(Wt+1,Ut+1)C(\mathcal I_{t+1})\subseteq E(W_t,U_t)\cap\{\delta^{\pi\prime}_tc\ge0\}\subseteq E(W_{t+1},U_{t+1})C(It+1​)⊆E(Wt​,Ut​)∩{δtπ′​c≥0}⊆E(Wt+1​,Ut+1​), and for d≥3d\ge3d≥3 ∏λi\prod\lambda_i∏λi​ shrinks by e−1/(d−1)e^{-1/(d-1)}e−1/(d−1).
  5. Cohen et al. (2020), Lemmas 3 and 4 (already posed on the platform, referenced): an ellipsoid-method step shrinks the smallest eigenvalue by at most (d−1)2/d2(d-1)^2/d^2(d−1)2/d2, and does not shrink it at all below the threshold (ϵ/(10(d−1)))2(\epsilon/(10(d-1)))^2(ϵ/(10(d−1)))2 when the cut is long.
  6. Lemma 5: for d≥3d\ge3d≥3, λmax⁡(Wt)≤(10d/ϵ)2(d−2)λmax⁡(W1)d−1e−Itπ/(d−1)\lambda_{\max}(W_t)\le(10d/\epsilon)^{2(d-2)}\lambda_{\max}(W_1)^{d-1}e^{-I^\pi_t/(d-1)}λmax​(Wt​)≤(10d/ϵ)2(d−2)λmax​(W1​)d−1e−Itπ​/(d−1), or no update ever happens.

Significance

The theorem shows that in contextual inverse optimization the decision-maker can force nature to reveal information: a cone update happens only after a large mistake, and each such mistake shrinks the cone geometrically, so large mistakes are logarithmically rare. It is the building block of the paper's general-case algorithm, which restarts the same construction in growing subspaces, and it isolates why the greedy policy fails: it never trades instantaneous regret for information.

The paper proves the result; nothing in it is machine-checked. The mission produces a checked version of the pointed-case analysis, an ellipsoidal-cone layer on top of the platform's ellipsoid-method definitions, and corrected statements where the printed ones are imprecise: the dimension restriction d≥3d\ge3d≥3 for the rate of Lemma 3 and the first part of Lemma 5, the column order of the spectral decomposition in ConeUpdate, and the η=0\eta=0η=0 case of Lemma B-1.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, ConeUpdate is not the ellipsoid method: the minimum-volume ellipsoid of the cut cross-section has the right volume but its cone is no longer centred, and the new cone's axis is an eigenvector of an indefinite bordered matrix. Showing that this re-centred cone still contains the cut cone requires matching the eigenvalues of the bordered matrix with those of the ellipsoid matrix in the right order. Second, a volume decrease alone does not bound the regret: by Proposition 1 the uncertainty angle is governed by the largest eigenvalue, and the ellipsoid method can make that eigenvalue grow. The lazy test (12) and the smallest-eigenvalue lemmas of Cohen et al. are what keep the cones from becoming long and thin; without them the product of eigenvalues falls while the angle does not.

Formalization scope

Costs live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (m+1)) with d=m+1d=m+1d=m+1, actions in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so all norms are Euclidean. WWW is stored as its diagonal www, UUU as a real orthogonal matrix, and U−1U^{-1}U−1 is written U⊤U^\topU⊤. Lean periods are 000-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1. This text is the arXiv v3 preprint (1 July 2023), not the published 2025 article; all numbering is the preprint's.

Standing assumptions carried by the statements: d≥2d\ge2d≥2, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, feasible sets nonempty, compact and of diameter at most 111, contexts 111-Lipschitz, C0C_0C0​ a closed subset of SdS^dSd, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0. Pinned and disclosed choices:

  • ConeUpdate is a relation, not a function. The printed U−1Bδ[2:p]U^{-1}B\delta_{[2:p]}U−1Bδ[2:p]​ is read as (U−1δ)[2:p](U^{-1}\delta)_{[2:p]}(U−1δ)[2:p]​. The first column of VVV is the eigenvector of the positive eigenvalue of MMM with positive first entry, and larger ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ is paired with larger eigenvalues of NNN. The page leaves this order open, and Algorithm 1 and Lemma B-1 disagree on it.
  • The printed "U1←Id−1U_1\leftarrow I_{d-1}U1​←Id−1​" is read as: U1U_1U1​ orthonormal with a circumcenter of C0C_0C0​ as its first column.
  • α(C0)>0\alpha(C_0)>0α(C0​)>0 on the goal. At α(C0)=0\alpha(C_0)=0α(C0​)=0 the algorithm's W1=0W_1=0W1​=0 is not positive definite.
  • The rate of Lemma 3 and the first part of Lemma 5 are stated for d≥3d\ge3d≥3 only; the rest of both lemmas for every d≥2d\ge2d≥2. At d=2d=2d=2 ConeUpdate halves WWW, and 1/2>e−11/2>e^{-1}1/2>e−1.
  • Lemma B-1 is stated only for η=0\eta=0η=0. Its η>0\eta>0η>0 inclusion is false as printed.
  • The worst-case regret is stated as a bound for every true cost, every adaptive instance sequence and every run, not as a real supremum. The polynomial running-time claim is not formalized.

The run predicate is satisfiable: a circumcenter of a closed nonempty C0C_0C0​ exists, the bordered matrix has exactly one positive eigenvalue, and a cone update is required only when the tail of δˉ\bar\deltaδˉ is nonzero. A formalization in which no run exists, or in which KKK may depend on ddd or TTT, does not state Theorem 3.

A complete development needs the angle and uncertainty-angle layer, ellipsoidal cones and their cross-sections, the published ellipsoid-method update (LinearOptimization_EllipsoidMethod) with its volume and eigenvalue facts, Cauchy–Schwarz over ellipsoids, and eigenvalue interlacing for bordered matrices. The ellipsoidal-cone layer and the cone-update lemma can be reused in the paper's general case and in other cone-based learning algorithms. Proofs of any milestone, and of the referenced Cohen et al. lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes, Y. Fonseca, I. Lobel, Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning, arXiv:2106.14015v3, 2023; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14015
  • M. C. Cohen, I. Lobel, R. Paes Leme, Feature-Based Dynamic Pricing, Management Science 66(11), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2019.3485
  • M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver, Geometric Algorithms and Combinatorial Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-78240-4
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Chapter 8.
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model II: Interoperability Mitigates Dominance, as Lower Interoperability Admits a Duopoly Equilibrium with an Even Larger Dominant PlatformResearch Paper

Interoperability and dominant platforms

Digital markets with strong network effects (messaging, social networks, app stores) tend to concentrate: a platform with more users is worth more to each user. Interoperability, the ability of a platform's users to interact with the users of rival platforms, is a central remedy in current competition policy; the EU Digital Markets Act (2022) mandates it for messaging services offered by designated gatekeepers. Whether interoperability actually reduces the market share of a dominant platform is a question about equilibria of a pricing game.

Ekmekci, White and Wu (Management Science, 2025) answer it in a model of platform competition built on net fees. Their Proposition 6 shows, for a Logit duopoly, that lowering interoperability always admits an equilibrium with an even larger dominant platform; equivalently, interoperability may mitigate dominance. This mission formalizes that result and the steps of its proof.

Setting

There are two platforms j∈{1,2}j\in\{1,2\}j∈{1,2} and one side of users. Platform jjj chooses a net fee tj∈Rt^j\in\mathbb Rtj∈R: the price a user pays, net of the interaction value the platform extracts once the user has joined. With Logit demand and no outside option, platform jjj's market share at the fee profile t=(t1,t2)t=(t^1,t^2)t=(t1,t2) is

nj(t)=e−tje−t1+e−t2.n^j(t)=\frac{e^{-t^j}}{e^{-t^1}+e^{-t^2}} .nj(t)=e−t1+e−t2e−tj​.

Both platforms have marginal cost ccc, and each user values each other user of the same platform at γ\gammaγ, the network externality. The degree of interoperability λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1] lets a user of platform jjj also enjoy λγ\lambda\gammaλγ per user of the rival platform (the paper's (19)), and the platform extracts this value too. Platform jjj's profit is

πj(t)=(tj+γnj+λγn−j−c) nj,n−j=1−nj.\pi^j(t)=\bigl(t^j+\gamma n^j+\lambda\gamma n^{-j}-c\bigr)\,n^j,\qquad n^{-j}=1-n^j .πj(t)=(tj+γnj+λγn−j−c)nj,n−j=1−nj.

A fee profile ttt is a Nash equilibrium in net fees under λ\lambdaλ if no platform can raise its profit by changing its own fee to any other real number. In an equilibrium with nj(t)>1/2n^j(t)>1/2nj(t)>1/2, platform jjj is the dominant platform.

The Lean development (namespace NetFeePlatform.InteropDominance) writes nj(t)n^j(t)nj(t) as demand 0 t j (the 0 is the weight of the absent outside option), πj\pi^jπj as profit 0 c γ lam t j, and equilibrium as IsEquilibrium 0 c γ lam t, with t : Fin 2 → ℝ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6 (p. 23)

Let γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, 0≤λ‾<λ‾≤10\le\underline\lambda<\overline\lambda\le10≤λ​<λ≤1 and γ(1−λ‾)≤27/8\gamma(1-\underline\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ​)≤27/8. If ttt is an equilibrium under λ‾\overline\lambdaλ and nj(t)>1/2n^j(t)>1/2nj(t)>1/2, then there is an equilibrium t′t't′ under λ‾\underline\lambdaλ​ with

nj(t′)>nj(t).n^j(t')>n^j(t).nj(t′)>nj(t).

The equilibrium t′t't′ is not unique in general, and the statement does not say which one; it asserts existence, exactly as the paper does.

Milestones

  1. Logit derivative (p. 13): ∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj)\partial n^j/\partial t^j=-n^j(1-n^j)∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj).
  2. First-order condition (20) (p. 23): every equilibrium satisfies tj=c+11−nj−2γnj−γλ(1−nj)+γλnjt^j=c+\frac1{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^j-\gamma\lambda(1-n^j)+\gamma\lambda n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj−γλ(1−nj)+γλnj.
  3. Sufficiency (Appendix E.1.3 with (36)): if γ(1−λ)≤27/8\gamma(1-\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ)≤27/8, a fee satisfying (20) is a best response.
  4. Equivalence (p. 24): the market (c,γ,λ)(c,\gamma,\lambda)(c,γ,λ) has the equilibria of the market (c−γλ, γ(1−λ), 0)(c-\gamma\lambda,\ \gamma(1-\lambda),\ 0)(c−γλ, γ(1−λ), 0).
  5. Characterization (p. 51): equilibrium shares are the zeros of ζ(n;λ)=ln⁡n1−n+11−n−1n−2γ(1−λ)(2n−1)\zeta(n;\lambda)=\ln\frac{n}{1-n}+\frac1{1-n}-\frac1n-2\gamma(1-\lambda)(2n-1)ζ(n;λ)=ln1−nn​+1−n1​−n1​−2γ(1−λ)(2n−1), and conversely under the bound of item 3.
  6. Comparison (p. 52): ζ(n;λ‾)−ζ(n;λ‾)=2γ(λ‾−λ‾)(2n−1)<0\zeta(n;\underline\lambda)-\zeta(n;\overline\lambda)=2\gamma(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)(2n-1)<0ζ(n;λ​)−ζ(n;λ)=2γ(λ​−λ)(2n−1)<0 for n>1/2n>1/2n>1/2.
  7. Boundary behaviour (p. 52): ζ(n;λ)→∞\zeta(n;\lambda)\to\inftyζ(n;λ)→∞ as n→1−n\to1^-n→1−.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6 is the paper's argument that interoperability mandates can reduce concentration without any change in the platforms' cost or quality: at a fixed network externality, every equilibrium with a dominant platform under a higher degree of interoperability is outsized by an equilibrium under a lower degree, so the largest dominant share an equilibrium can sustain does not increase as interoperability rises. The proof rests on the equivalence of item 4, under which interoperability acts as a reduction of the effective network externality from γ\gammaγ to γ(1−λ)\gamma(1-\lambda)γ(1−λ); Figure 2 of the paper plots the resulting largest equilibrium share as λ\lambdaλ varies at γ=3.375\gamma=3.375γ=3.375.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is three paragraphs, and it identifies equilibria with zeros of ζ\zetaζ. A formal proof has to supply what the text takes for granted: that the first-order condition is necessary at a global Nash equilibrium, that it is sufficient in the stated range, and that a zero of ζ\zetaζ can be turned back into a fee profile. No part of the result has been machine-checked before. A complete development also gives a reusable treatment of Logit demand and of best responses in one-variable concave games.

Difficulty

The algebra of ζ\zetaζ and the intermediate value step are short. The work lies in the equilibrium notion. A Nash equilibrium is a global condition over every unilateral deviation s∈Rs\in\mathbb Rs∈R, and profit is not concave in the platform's own fee. Measured against the platform's own share n∈(0,1)n\in(0,1)n∈(0,1), profit has second derivative −1/(n(1−n)2)+2γ(1−λ)-1/(n(1-n)^2)+2\gamma(1-\lambda)−1/(n(1−n)2)+2γ(1−λ); it is concave exactly when 2γ(1−λ)2\gamma(1-\lambda)2γ(1−λ) does not exceed the minimum 27/427/427/4 of 1/(n(1−n)2)1/(n(1-n)^2)1/(n(1−n)2). Outside that range the first-order condition is not sufficient, and a zero of ζ\zetaζ need not be an equilibrium; the paper does not treat that case.

Formalization scope

  • Model. One side (S=1S=1S=1), two platforms indexed by Fin 2, Logit demand with no outside option (outside weight w=0w=0w=0, literally), common ccc and γ\gammaγ, interoperability λ\lambdaλ written lam. The Setting file states the general JJJ-platform objects (demand with an outside-option weight w≥0w\ge0w≥0, profit with the interoperability term λγ∑k≠jnk\lambda\gamma\sum_{k\ne j}n^kλγ∑k=j​nk, equilibrium, the diversion ratio of (32)); this mission uses them at J=2J=2J=2, w=0w=0w=0.
  • Hypotheses. The paper assumes γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]. The goal adds γ(1−λ‾)≤27/8\gamma(1-\underline\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ​)≤27/8, the range in which the paper proves that the first-order condition is sufficient (Appendix E.1.3 with (36), the 3.3753.3753.375 of Proposition 2′); the paper's own proof stops at the first-order condition and is not complete without it.
  • Correction. The paper prints ζ(n‾1;λ‾)−ζ(n‾1;λ‾)=4(λ‾−λ‾)γn‾1\zeta(\overline n^1;\underline\lambda)-\zeta(\overline n^1;\overline\lambda)=4(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)\gamma\overline n^1ζ(n1;λ​)−ζ(n1;λ)=4(λ​−λ)γn1; the correct value is 2γ(λ‾−λ‾)(2n‾1−1)2\gamma(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)(2\overline n^1-1)2γ(λ​−λ)(2n1−1). Its sign is the same, and milestone 6 states the correct value.
  • Ruled out. Equilibrium is never replaced by "the pricing formula (20) holds": that would reduce the goal to an intermediate value argument and remove its substance. Shares are always demand 0 t j at a fee profile, never free variables. Profit keeps the interoperability term; without it λ\lambdaλ would not enter the model at all.
  • Out of scope. General (non-Logit) demand and Assumptions A1–A2, S≥2S\ge2S≥2 sides, J≥3J\ge3J≥3 platforms (Proposition 12), platform-specific cj,γjc^j,\gamma^jcj,γj, the microfoundation of Appendix A, and the numerical Figure 2.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the milestones, in particular the Logit change of variable from fees to shares and the concavity bound, which are reusable in the two companion missions of this series.

Selected references

  • M. Ekmekci, A. White, L. Wu, Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025; accepted working-paper version of December 12, 2024 (the version cited here). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.02810
  • J. Crémer, P. Rey, J. Tirole, Connectivity in the Commercial Internet, Journal of Industrial Economics 48(4), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-6451.00129
  • Regulation (EU) 2022/1925 (Digital Markets Act), Official Journal of the European Union L 265, 2022. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/1925/oj
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model I: Adding a Third Platform Can Produce an Equilibrium Whose Dominant Platform Outsizes Every Platform of Every Duopoly EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Markets organized by platforms (social networks, marketplaces, messaging services) exhibit network effects: a user values a platform more when more users join it. A standing concern in competition policy is that such markets "tip" towards one dominant platform, and the usual remedy proposed is to foster entry. Ekmekci, White and Wu (Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025) develop a tractable model of platform oligopoly in which platforms compete in net fees, the price a user pays net of the interaction value the platform delivers, and use it to examine policy interventions. Their Proposition 4 shows that the intuition "more platforms, less dominance" can fail: with strong network effects, adding a third platform to a duopoly can produce an equilibrium whose leader is larger than any platform of any duopoly equilibrium.

The net-fee approach is the authors' alternative to the "insulated equilibrium" of White and Weyl (2016); the paper's §5 specializes it to Logit demand, where pricing formulas are explicit.

Setting

There are JJJ platforms and one side of users. Platform jjj charges a net fee tj∈Rt^j\in\mathbb Rtj∈R; write t=(t1,…,tJ)t=(t^1,\dots,t^J)t=(t1,…,tJ). Demand has the Logit form (13): with outside-option weight w=ez≥0w=e^{z}\ge0w=ez≥0,

nj(t)=e−tjw+∑ke−tk,n^j(t)=\frac{e^{-t^j}}{w+\sum_k e^{-t^k}},nj(t)=w+∑k​e−tke−tj​,

and in this mission there is no outside option, w=0w=0w=0, so the shares sum to one. Platforms are ex ante identical: common marginal cost ccc and common interaction value γ\gammaγ. Platform jjj's profit ((8) with one side) is

πj(t)=(tj+γ nj(t)−c) nj(t),\pi^j(t)=\big(t^j+\gamma\,n^j(t)-c\big)\,n^j(t),πj(t)=(tj+γnj(t)−c)nj(t),

the net fee plus the interaction value the platform extracts per user, less cost, times its share. A net-fee equilibrium is a pure-strategy Nash equilibrium: no platform jjj can raise πj\pi^jπj by changing its own net fee to any s∈Rs\in\mathbb Rs∈R. Duopoly is J=2J=2J=2, triopoly J=3J=3J=3.

At an equilibrium, each net fee satisfies the Logit pricing formula (14), tj=c+11−nj−2γnjt^j=c+\frac{1}{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj. For equilibria with one dominant platform of share 1−n1-n1−n and J−1J-1J−1 equal small platforms of share n/(J−1)n/(J-1)n/(J−1), the paper reduces the equilibrium conditions to a zero of the characterization function

g(n;J)=ln⁡n−ln⁡(J−1)−ln⁡(1−n)+11−nJ−1−2γnJ−1−(1n−2γ(1−n)),0<n<1.g(n;J)=\ln n-\ln(J-1)-\ln(1-n)+\frac{1}{1-\frac{n}{J-1}}-2\gamma\frac{n}{J-1}-\Big(\frac1n-2\gamma(1-n)\Big),\qquad 0<n<1.g(n;J)=lnn−ln(J−1)−ln(1−n)+1−J−1n​1​−2γJ−1n​−(n1​−2γ(1−n)),0<n<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 (competition may increase dominance)

For 2ln⁡2+43<γ≤2782\ln2+\tfrac43<\gamma\le\tfrac{27}{8}2ln2+34​<γ≤827​: duopoly has an equilibrium, and there exist a triopoly equilibrium t3t_3t3​ and a platform iii with

nk(t2)<ni(t3)for every duopoly equilibrium t2 and every platform k.n^k(t_2)<n^i(t_3)\quad\text{for every duopoly equilibrium }t_2\text{ and every platform }k.nk(t2​)<ni(t3​)for every duopoly equilibrium t2​ and every platform k.

The comparison is against every duopoly equilibrium and every platform in it, not against one selected equilibrium.

Milestones

  1. The Logit derivative ∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj)\partial n^j/\partial t^j=-n^j(1-n^j)∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj) (p. 13).
  2. Proposition 1 in Logit form (14): every equilibrium satisfies tj=c+11−nj−2γnjt^j=c+\frac1{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj (pp. 12–13).
  3. The Logit concavity bound (36): for γ≤27/8\gamma\le27/8γ≤27/8, the pricing formula gives a global best response (p. 43).
  4. The zeros of g(⋅;J)g(\cdot;J)g(⋅;J) are exactly the equilibria with one dominant and J−1J-1J−1 equal small platforms (p. 49).
  5. lim⁡n→0+g(n;J)=−∞\lim_{n\to0^+}g(n;J)=-\inftylimn→0+​g(n;J)=−∞ (p. 49).
  6. g(n;3)−g(n;2)=−ln⁡2+11−n/2−11−n+γng(n;3)-g(n;2)=-\ln2+\frac1{1-n/2}-\frac1{1-n}+\gamma ng(n;3)−g(n;2)=−ln2+1−n/21​−1−n1​+γn (p. 50).
  7. For 2ln⁡2+43<γ≤2782\ln2+\tfrac43<\gamma\le\tfrac{27}{8}2ln2+34​<γ≤827​, g(n;3)>0g(n;3)>0g(n;3)>0 at every zero n∈(0,12]n\in(0,\tfrac12]n∈(0,21​] of g(⋅;2)g(\cdot;2)g(⋅;2) (p. 50).

Significance

The result. Proposition 4 is a counterexample to a policy presumption: entry need not reduce concentration in markets with network effects. With a third platform, the two small platforms can split the fringe so thinly that the leader's share rises above anything sustainable in a duopoly. The result identifies an explicit parameter window; together with the companion results on interoperability (Propositions 6 and 7 of the same paper), it frames which interventions reduce dominance in this model.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved in the paper partly by a numerical check ("we can verify", p. 50), and its printed interval (2.71,3.375](2.71,3.375](2.71,3.375] is slightly too wide at the bottom: at the symmetric duopoly equilibrium the paper's own criterion requires γ>2ln⁡2+43≈2.7196\gamma>2\ln2+\tfrac43\approx2.7196γ>2ln2+34​≈2.7196. A machine-checked proof would settle the corrected statement, replace the numerical step by an argument, and make the equilibrium characterization through g(n;J)g(n;J)g(n;J) (including the step from first-order conditions to global Nash equilibrium) available for the other results of the series. None of these statements is formalized anywhere to our knowledge.

Difficulty

Three steps resist the obvious argument.

  • First-order conditions are not equilibria. The pricing formula is necessary; that it is sufficient requires profit to be concave in the platform's own share, which holds only for 2γ≤1/(n(1−n)2)2\gamma\le 1/(n(1-n)^2)2γ≤1/(n(1−n)2), i.e. for γ≤27/8\gamma\le 27/8γ≤27/8. Without this, zeros of ggg need not be equilibria.
  • "Any duopoly equilibrium" is universal. Duopoly may have asymmetric equilibria for γ\gammaγ near the top of the range, so the triopoly leader must beat the smallest zero of g(⋅;2)g(\cdot;2)g(⋅;2) in (0,12](0,\tfrac12](0,21​], not only the symmetric one.
  • The positivity of g(n;3)g(n;3)g(n;3) at duopoly zeros is an inequality between transcendental functions of nnn on a γ\gammaγ-dependent set; the paper checks it numerically. Its margin vanishes as γ\gammaγ approaches 2ln⁡2+432\ln2+\tfrac432ln2+34​ at n=12n=\tfrac12n=21​, and the paper's rewriting γ=f(n,J)\gamma=f(n,J)γ=f(n,J) is 0/00/00/0 exactly there.

Formalization scope

  • Lean namespace NetFeePlatform.Competition. The definitions file Setting declares the Logit demand demand w t j, the profit profit w c γ lam t j (with an interoperability term λγ∑k≠jnk\lambda\gamma\sum_{k\ne j}n^kλγ∑k=j​nk, set to λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 throughout this mission), the global Nash predicate IsEquilibrium, and the diversion ratio; GChar declares g(n;J)g(n;J)g(n;J). Platforms are indexed by Fin J.
  • Committed conventions: one side (S=1S=1S=1), Logit demand, common ccc and γ\gammaγ, no outside option (w=0w=0w=0, literally, not a limit z→−∞z\to-\inftyz→−∞), real-valued net fees with deviations over all of R\mathbb RR.
  • The goal's lower bound is 2ln⁡2+432\ln2+\tfrac432ln2+34​ instead of the printed 2.712.712.71 (see Difficulty and the goal's Formalization Note); the upper bound 27/8=3.37527/8=3.37527/8=3.375 is exact. The goal adds the conjunct "duopoly has an equilibrium", the existence claim of Proposition 2′ in this case, so that "any duopoly equilibrium" is not vacuous.
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: equilibrium is the global Nash condition, never the first-order condition; the comparison quantifies over all duopoly equilibria; the dominant platform's index is existential, not fixed.
  • Out of scope: general (non-Logit) demand and Assumptions A1–A2, S≥2S\ge2S≥2 sides, platform-specific γj\gamma^jγj and cjc^jcj, the microfoundation of Appendix A, Propositions 2, 2′, 3, 5 and 13.
  • Infrastructure: one-variable calculus (derivatives, concavity, the intermediate value theorem, limits) from Mathlib. The Logit derivative and the concavity-based best-response lemma (milestones 1–3) are reusable for any Logit oligopoly with network effects. Contributions of alternative proofs of milestone 7 (interval arithmetic or monotonicity arguments) are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Ekmekci, A. White, L. Wu, Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025 (accepted working-paper version of December 12, 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.02810
  • A. White, E. G. Weyl, Insulated Platform Competition, SSRN working paper, 2016. https://ssrn.com/abstract=1694317
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Economics·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both? III: Under Partial Multihoming, the Equilibrium Price and Profit Are Hump-Shaped in the Network EffectResearch Paper

Motivation

Video-game consoles, streaming services and messaging apps share two features: users value a platform more when more people use it (network effects), and some users buy access to more than one platform (multihoming). In the standard Hotelling model where every consumer buys exactly one good, network effects intensify competition: a stronger network effect makes demand more price-sensitive, and the equilibrium price t−μt-\mut−μ and profit (t−μ)/2(t-\mu)/2(t−μ)/2 fall in μ\muμ (the paper's single-homing benchmark, §3.1). Foros, Kind and Stähler (SNF Working Paper 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; published in Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613) show that this intuition reverses when consumers can multihome: firms then price the incremental value of their good (Kim and Serfes, 2006; Anderson, Foros and Kind, 2017), and the network benefit of the rival's users feeds back into that incremental value.

This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 3, which describes how the symmetric multihoming equilibrium price and profit respond to the strength of network effects over the whole admissible range. It is the third of three missions on the paper; the first treats weak network effects with asymmetric firms (Proposition 1) and the second the comparison with the no-network-effect benchmark (Proposition 2).

Setting

Two firms i∈{0,1}i\in\{0,1\}i∈{0,1} sit at the ends of a Hotelling line of unit length, populated by a unit mass of consumers, uniformly distributed. A consumer at distance ddd from firm iii pays a mismatch cost t dt\,dtd with t>0t>0t>0. Each good carries eee exclusive features (the same number for both firms in this mission) plus features common to both goods, which cancel from every object below. Buying good iii gives a network benefit μzi\mu z_iμzi​, where μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 is the network-effect strength and ziz_izi​ the expected number of users of good iii; the paper assumes μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1(i)).

A consumer buys a second good when its incremental value exceeds its price. Under fulfilled expectations (zi=xiz_i=x_izi​=xi​), the multihoming demand for good iii at prices (pi,pj)(p_i,p_j)(pi​,pj​) is (14)

xiM(pi,pj)=μt+μ+t e−pit2−μ2−μ e−pjt2−μ2.x_i^M(p_i,p_j)=\frac{\mu}{t+\mu}+t\,\frac{e-p_i}{t^2-\mu^2}-\mu\,\frac{e-p_j}{t^2-\mu^2}.xiM​(pi​,pj​)=t+μμ​+tt2−μ2e−pi​​−μt2−μ2e−pj​​.

Maximizing pi xiMp_i\,x_i^Mpi​xiM​ gives the reaction function (15), piM(pj)=tμ−μ2+te2t+μpj−e2tp_i^M(p_j)=\frac{t\mu-\mu^2+te}{2t}+\mu\frac{p_j-e}{2t}piM​(pj​)=2ttμ−μ2+te​+μ2tpj​−e​, whose symmetric fixed point yields the price and profit (26)

pM(μ)=(t−μ)(μ+e)2t−μ,πM(μ)=t (t−μ) (e+μ)2(t+μ) (2t−μ)2.p^M(\mu)=\frac{(t-\mu)(\mu+e)}{2t-\mu},\qquad \pi^M(\mu)=\frac{t\,(t-\mu)\,(e+\mu)^2}{(t+\mu)\,(2t-\mu)^2}.pM(μ)=2t−μ(t−μ)(μ+e)​,πM(μ)=(t+μ)(2t−μ)2t(t−μ)(e+μ)2​.

In the Lean development these are demandM t μ e pi pj, reactM t μ e pj, pM t μ e and piM t μ e in the namespace Multihoming.Hump. Partial multihoming means that some consumers buy one good and some buy both.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

Assume partial multihoming. Then pMp^MpM and πM\pi^MπM are hump-shaped in μ\muμ on [0,t][0,t][0,t]: there are peaks μ^p,μ^π∈(0,t)\hat\mu_p,\hat\mu_\pi\in(0,t)μ^​p​,μ^​π​∈(0,t) with

pM↗ strictly on [0,μ^p],pM↘ strictly on [μ^p,t],πM↗ strictly on [0,μ^π],πM↘ strictly on [μ^π,t].p^M \nearrow \text{ strictly on } [0,\hat\mu_p],\quad p^M\searrow \text{ strictly on } [\hat\mu_p,t],\qquad \pi^M \nearrow \text{ strictly on } [0,\hat\mu_\pi],\quad \pi^M\searrow \text{ strictly on } [\hat\mu_\pi,t].pM↗ strictly on [0,μ^​p​],pM↘ strictly on [μ^​p​,t],πM↗ strictly on [0,μ^​π​],πM↘ strictly on [μ^​π​,t].

The goal leaves the peaks unnamed; that is the paper's statement.

Milestones

  1. (15) maximizes p xiM(p,pj)p\,x_i^M(p,p_j)pxiM​(p,pj​) over all prices; pMp^MpM is a fixed point of (15), the demand at (pM,pM)(p^M,p^M)(pM,pM) is (25), and πM=pMxM\pi^M=p^M x^MπM=pMxM.
  2. The factorization dπMdμ=2t(e+μ)(e+t)(t+μ)2(2t−μ)3(r1−μ)(r2+μ)\frac{d\pi^M}{d\mu}=\frac{2t(e+\mu)(e+t)}{(t+\mu)^2(2t-\mu)^3}(r_1-\mu)(r_2+\mu)dμdπM​=(t+μ)2(2t−μ)32t(e+μ)(e+t)​(r1​−μ)(r2​+μ) with explicit roots r1,r2r_1,r_2r1​,r2​; their positivity; the identity for r1−tr_1-tr1​−t and the positivity of its numerator; the signs of dπM/dμd\pi^M/d\mudπM/dμ at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and μ=t\mu=tμ=t.
  3. The profit hump with the peak identified as r1r_1r1​, and πM(0)>πM(t)\pi^M(0)>\pi^M(t)πM(0)>πM(t).
  4. The factorization dpMdμ=(2t+t(2t+e)−μ)(2t−t(2t+e)−μ)(2t−μ)2\frac{dp^M}{d\mu}=\frac{(2t+\sqrt{t(2t+e)}-\mu)(2t-\sqrt{t(2t+e)}-\mu)}{(2t-\mu)^2}dμdpM​=(2t−μ)2(2t+t(2t+e)​−μ)(2t−t(2t+e)​−μ)​ and its signs at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and μ=t\mu=tμ=t.

Significance

The result. Proposition 3 says that firms benefit from weak network effects and are harmed by strong ones. As μ→t\mu\to tμ→t the goods become as if undifferentiated, competition for consumers becomes Bertrand-like, and pM→0p^M\to0pM→0; combined with πM(0)>πM(t)\pi^M(0)>\pi^M(t)πM(0)>πM(t) this means firms would prefer a market without network effects once these are strong enough. This non-monotone response is the paper's main qualitative message on pricing under multihoming, and the comparison of Proposition 2 (where the profit curve crosses its μ=0\mu=0μ=0 level) depends on the same shape.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper by sign analysis of explicit derivatives; it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof certifies the two derivative factorizations, the location of each peak strictly inside (0,t)(0,t)(0,t), and the passage from derivative signs to strict monotonicity on closed intervals that the appendix states in one sentence. It also makes explicit the parameter range on which the statement holds, which the printed proposition leaves to the phrase "partial multihoming".

Difficulty

The derivatives of pMp^MpM and πM\pi^MπM are rational functions whose numerators are quadratics in μ\muμ with square-root roots; showing that exactly one root lies in (0,t)(0,t)(0,t) requires inequalities between square roots and polynomials in t,et,et,e that hold only under 0≤e<2t0\le e<2t0≤e<2t. The appendix asserts "it is straightforward" and "it can be shown" at these steps. A second obstacle is the passage from "the derivative vanishes at one point, is positive at 000 and negative at ttt" to strict monotonicity on each closed piece: this needs the sign of the derivative on the whole open subinterval, not only at the endpoints. Showing only that a maximizer exists on [0,t][0,t][0,t] is trivial for any continuous function and is not the claim.

Formalization scope

  • All parameters are real numbers. Standing assumptions: t>0t>0t>0; μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0; for the demand and reaction function μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1(i)). Assumption 1(ii)–(iii) (market coverage, positive market shares) are not needed by any statement and are not added.
  • "Assume partial multihoming" is pinned as 0≤e<2t0\le e<2t0≤e<2t, the condition the paper's proof uses ("2t−e>02t-e>02t−e>0, which is a necessary condition for partial multihoming"). For e∈(t,2t)e\in(t,2t)e∈(t,2t) the partial-multihoming range e≤(2t2−μ2)/te\le(2t^2-\mu^2)/te≤(2t2−μ2)/t fails for μ\muμ near ttt; like the proof, the statement concerns the closed forms (26) on all of μ∈[0,t]\mu\in[0,t]μ∈[0,t], closed at ttt as the proof evaluates there. Since both functions are continuous at ttt, the statement on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t) is equivalent.
  • The profit πM\pi^MπM is the printed closed form (26), because the demand (14) divides by t2−μ2=0t^2-\mu^2=0t2−μ2=0 at μ=t\mu=tμ=t; a milestone proves πM=pMxM\pi^M=p^M x^MπM=pMxM on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t).
  • The two signs at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 involving πM\pi^MπM need e>0e>0e>0 (at e=0e=0e=0 both dπM/dμ∣0d\pi^M/d\mu|_0dπM/dμ∣0​ and πM(0)−πM(t)\pi^M(0)-\pi^M(t)πM(0)−πM(t) vanish); those milestones carry e>0e>0e>0, the goal does not.
  • "Hump-shaped" is strict increase on [0,μ^][0,\hat\mu][0,μ^​] and strict decrease on [μ^,t][\hat\mu,t][μ^​,t] with μ^\hat\muμ^​ in the open interval (0,t)(0,t)(0,t). A peak at an endpoint, or the mere existence of a maximizer, would trivialize the claim and is ruled out by the statement.
  • Derivatives are two-sided HasDerivAt; all functions are smooth near [0,t][0,t][0,t] under the hypotheses, and every denominator (t+μt+\mut+μ, 2t−μ2t-\mu2t−μ, t2−μ2t^2-\mu^2t2−μ2, e+te+te+t) is positive where it is used, so no statement relies on Lean's convention x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 or x=0\sqrt{x}=0x​=0 for x<0x<0x<0.
  • The derivation of (14) from consumer utilities and the full pricing game (regimes, deviations, equilibrium selection) are not formalized. Proposition 4 of the paper, the equilibrium characterization, is not posed because it is false as printed: a profitable deviation to the single-homing demand branch exists inside the stated range.
  • Only Mathlib calculus (HasDerivAt, strictMonoOn_of_deriv_pos) and real-closed-field arithmetic are needed. Contributions of any milestone, alternative proofs of the hump via the derivative factorizations, and proofs that identify the price peak 2t−t(2t+e)2t-\sqrt{t(2t+e)}2t−t(2t+e)​ explicitly are welcome.

Selected references

  • Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, F. Stähler, Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both?, SNF Working Paper No. 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613
  • H. Kim, K. Serfes, A Location Model with Preference for Variety, Journal of Industrial Economics 54(4), 569–595, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6451.2006.00300.x
  • S. P. Anderson, Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, Product Functionality, Competition, and Multipurchasing, International Economic Review 58(1), 183–210, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/iere.12213
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning 4: The Polyhedral Cone of η-Separated Effective Differences Has Uncertainty Angle at Most arccos(η^(d−1)/d^(3/2))Research Paper

Motivation

In contextual inverse optimization a decision-maker repeatedly faces linear problems min⁡x∈Xtft(x)′c⋆\min_{x\in\mathcal X_t} f_t(x)'c^\starminx∈Xt​​ft​(x)′c⋆ whose cost vector c⋆∈Sdc^\star\in S^dc⋆∈Sd is unknown. After each period it observes an action that an expert who knows c⋆c^\starc⋆ would have taken. Every observation is a set of linear inequalities on c⋆c^\starc⋆, so the costs consistent with the data form a cone, the knowledge set. Besbes, Fonseca and Lobel (arXiv:2106.14015, published in Operations Research, 2025) measure the residual ignorance of such a set by its uncertainty angle, the half-aperture of the narrowest revolution cone containing it, and show that offline regret is governed exactly by this angle.

Online, their algorithms are efficient only when the knowledge set is pointed, i.e. has uncertainty angle below π/2\pi/2π/2. When it is not, the general algorithm of §5 (ProjectedCones) works inside a growing subspace Δt\Delta_tΔt​ spanned by the observations that were sufficiently new. Each time the subspace grows, the algorithm replaces the knowledge set by a polyhedral cone KtK_tKt​ and needs a bound on the uncertainty angle of KtK_tKt​ that depends only on the separation parameter η\etaη and the dimension. Lemma 10 of the paper provides that bound. This mission formalizes it, together with the chain of lemmas in Appendix B on which its proof rests.

Setting

Let Rd\mathbb R^dRd carry the Euclidean inner product c′xc'xc′x and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and let SdS^dSd be its unit sphere. The angle between ccc and c^\hat cc^ is θ(c,c^)=arccos⁡(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥))\theta(c,\hat c)=\arccos\big(c'\hat c/(\|c\|\|\hat c\|)\big)θ(c,c^)=arccos(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥)), with θ=0\theta=0θ=0 when either vector is 000. The uncertainty angle of a set C⊆RdC\subseteq\mathbb R^dC⊆Rd is

α(C)=inf⁡c^∈Sd sup⁡c∈Cθ(c,c^),\alpha(C)=\inf_{\hat c\in S^d}\ \sup_{c\in C}\theta(c,\hat c),α(C)=c^∈Sdinf​ c∈Csup​θ(c,c^),

and a minimizer c^\hat cc^ is a circumcenter of CCC. The circumradius of a cone is μ(K)=sin⁡α(K)\mu(K)=\sin\alpha(K)μ(K)=sinα(K).

For vectors g1,…,gpg_1,\dots,g_pg1​,…,gp​, write Πg1,…,gi−1\Pi_{g_1,\dots,g_{i-1}}Πg1​,…,gi−1​​ for the orthogonal projection onto their span and g−i={gj:j≠i}g_{-i}=\{g_j:j\ne i\}g−i​={gj​:j=i}. The vector gi−ΠS(gi)g_i-\Pi_S(g_i)gi​−ΠS​(gi​) is the residual of regressing gig_igi​ on SSS.

The algorithm's effective differences are unit vectors δ1,δ2,⋯∈Rd\delta_1,\delta_2,\dots\in\mathbb R^dδ1​,δ2​,⋯∈Rd. A difference triggers a subspace update when its residual against the current subspace exceeds η\etaη. The differences δ1,…,δp\delta_1,\dots,\delta_pδ1​,…,δp​ that triggered updates, in order of arrival, therefore satisfy

∥δi−Πδ1,…,δi−1(δi)∥ ≥ η,i=2,…,p.\|\delta_i-\Pi_{\delta_1,\dots,\delta_{i-1}}(\delta_i)\|\ \ge\ \eta,\qquad i=2,\dots,p .∥δi​−Πδ1​,…,δi−1​​(δi​)∥ ≥ η,i=2,…,p.

They span the subspace Δ={∑iγiδi:γi∈R}\Delta=\{\sum_i\gamma_i\delta_i:\gamma_i\in\mathbb R\}Δ={∑i​γi​δi​:γi​∈R}, and the polyhedral cone of (14) is

K={c∈Δ: c′δi≥0, i=1,…,p}.K=\{c\in\Delta:\ c'\delta_i\ge0,\ i=1,\dots,p\}.K={c∈Δ: c′δi​≥0, i=1,…,p}.

Two further cone quantities appear. The simplicial cone of linearly independent g1,…,gp∈Rpg_1,\dots,g_p\in\mathbb R^pg1​,…,gp​∈Rp is cone⁡(g)={∑iαigi:αi≥0}\operatorname{cone}(g)=\{\sum_i\alpha_ig_i:\alpha_i\ge0\}cone(g)={∑i​αi​gi​:αi​≥0}. The inradius of a cone K⊆RpK\subseteq\mathbb R^pK⊆Rp is ρ(K)=max⁡x∈Sp∩Kmin⁡y∈∂K∥x−y∥\rho(K)=\max_{x\in S^p\cap K}\min_{y\in\partial K}\|x-y\|ρ(K)=maxx∈Sp∩K​miny∈∂K​∥x−y∥, and the dual cone is K⋆={c:c′x≥0 ∀x∈K}K^\star=\{c:c'x\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K⋆={c:c′x≥0 ∀x∈K}. With GGG the matrix of columns gig_igi​, λmin⁡(G′G)\lambda_{\min}(G'G)λmin​(G′G) and λmax⁡(G′G)\lambda_{\max}(G'G)λmax​(G′G) are the extreme eigenvalues of the Gram matrix.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10, angle bound (p. 25)

For 0<η≤10<\eta\le10<η≤1, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and unit vectors δ1,…,δp∈Rd\delta_1,\dots,\delta_p\in\mathbb R^dδ1​,…,δp​∈Rd obeying the separation rule,

α(K) ≤ arccos⁡ ⁣(ηd−1d3/2).\alpha(K)\ \le\ \arccos\!\Big(\frac{\eta^{d-1}}{d^{3/2}}\Big).α(K) ≤ arccos(d3/2ηd−1​).

The bound depends on η\etaη and ddd only, not on the number p≤dp\le dp≤d of vectors or their configuration.

Milestones (Appendix B)

  1. Lemma B-4 (App-28). Backward separation implies two-sided separation:
∥gi−Πg−i(gi)∥2 ≥ η2(p−i)(η2)1{i>1},i=1,…,p.\|g_i-\Pi_{g_{-i}}(g_i)\|^2\ \ge\ \eta^{2(p-i)}(\eta^2)^{\mathbf 1\{i>1\}},\qquad i=1,\dots,p.∥gi​−Πg−i​​(gi​)∥2 ≥ η2(p−i)(η2)1{i>1},i=1,…,p.
  1. Lemma B-3 (App-27). With φ=min⁡i∥gi−Πg−i(gi)∥\varphi=\min_i\|g_i-\Pi_{g_{-i}}(g_i)\|φ=mini​∥gi​−Πg−i​​(gi​)∥,
λmax⁡(G′G)λmin⁡(G′G)≤(pφ)2.\frac{\lambda_{\max}(G'G)}{\lambda_{\min}(G'G)}\le\Big(\frac p\varphi\Big)^2 .λmin​(G′G)λmax​(G′G)​≤(φp​)2.
  1. Lemma B-2 (App-25). ρ(cone⁡(g)) ≥ 1pλmin⁡(G′G)λmax⁡(G′G)\displaystyle\rho(\operatorname{cone}(g))\ \ge\ \frac1{\sqrt p}\sqrt{\frac{\lambda_{\min}(G'G)}{\lambda_{\max}(G'G)}}ρ(cone(g)) ≥ p​1​λmax​(G′G)λmin​(G′G)​​.
  2. (B-9) (App-20). μ2(K)+ρ2(K⋆)=1\mu^2(K)+\rho^2(K^\star)=1μ2(K)+ρ2(K⋆)=1, for every closed convex pointed cone K≠{0}K\ne\{0\}K={0}.
  3. (B-8) (App-19). For K={c∈Rp:c′gi≥0}K=\{c\in\mathbb R^p:c'g_i\ge0\}K={c∈Rp:c′gi​≥0} with separated unit gig_igi​,
μ(K)≤1−η2(p−1)/p3.\mu(K)\le\sqrt{1-\eta^{2(p-1)}/p^3}.μ(K)≤1−η2(p−1)/p3​.

Significance

The bound is what makes the subspace stage of ProjectedCones restartable. After each update the algorithm discards its previous ellipsoidal cone and starts afresh from a revolution cone of aperture arccos⁡(ηd−1/d3/2)\arccos(\eta^{d-1}/d^{3/2})arccos(ηd−1/d3/2) around the circumcenter of KtK_tKt​. Lemma 10 guarantees that this cone contains KtK_tKt​, and with it the projected knowledge set, and that it is pointed. The number of later ellipsoid steps grows with the logarithm of the tangent of this aperture, so the shape of the bound enters the paper's regret analysis directly. The lemmas behind it are statements about general vector families: a residual inequality of Frisch–Waugh–Lovell type, a condition-number bound for correlation matrices, an inradius bound for simplicial cones, and the circumradius–inradius duality of Henrion and Seeger. Each is usable outside this paper.

The result is proved on paper; no part of it is formalized. The mission asks for machine-checked proofs of Lemma 10's angle bound and of the five appendix statements. Henrion–Seeger duality is cited, not proved, in the source. Its formalization would be new.

Difficulty

The separation rule controls each new vector only against the earlier ones. A bound on the cone's aperture needs control of each vector against all the others, and later vectors can lie close to the span of an earlier vector together with the remaining ones. The loss compounds, which is where the exponential factor ηd−1\eta^{d-1}ηd−1 comes from. A direct estimate of the circumcenter of KKK is not available in closed form: the circumcenter is the solution of a quadratic program. The natural first attempt, bounding the angle between the circumcenter candidate ∑iδi/∥∑iδi∥\sum_i\delta_i/\|\sum_i\delta_i\|∑i​δi​/∥∑i​δi​∥ and the extreme rays of KKK, requires the extreme rays of KKK, which are the columns of a dual basis whose norms are not controlled by the separation rule alone.

A second difficulty is dimensional. KKK lives in the subspace Δ\DeltaΔ, possibly of dimension p<dp<dp<d, while the uncertainty angle is measured on the sphere of Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The appendix statements are posed in Rp\mathbb R^pRp, in coordinates of Δ\DeltaΔ. Transferring them requires an isometry onto Δ\DeltaΔ that preserves the cone, the angles and the projections.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); families are indexed by Fin p, so all indices are 0-based and Lean's iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1. Projections are Submodule.starProjection onto Submodule.span. The uncertainty angle is a real infimum of real suprema of angles in [0,π][0,\pi][0,π]. The angle at the zero vector is 000, as in the paper, not Mathlib's π/2\pi/2π/2. The inradius is a real supremum of Metric.infDist to the frontier. It equals the paper's maximum on every cone of this mission. The dual cone is the platform's ConvexOptimization.dualCone. Eigenvalue ratios are stated without spectra: Lemma B-3 in the Rayleigh form ∥Gu∥2∥v∥2≤(p/φ)2∥Gv∥2∥u∥2\|Gu\|^2\|v\|^2\le(p/\varphi)^2\|Gv\|^2\|u\|^2∥Gu∥2∥v∥2≤(p/φ)2∥Gv∥2∥u∥2, and Lemma B-2 with arbitrary bracket constants ℓmin⁡∥u∥2≤∥Gu∥2≤ℓmax⁡∥u∥2\ell_{\min}\|u\|^2\le\|Gu\|^2\le\ell_{\max}\|u\|^2ℓmin​∥u∥2≤∥Gu∥2≤ℓmax​∥u∥2. Both forms are equivalent to the printed ones.

Conventions and pins:

  • The separation rule is "residual ≥η\ge\eta≥η", the form of (B-14). The algorithm's strict ">η>\eta>η" is a special case, so the goal is stronger than the page needs. The first vector carries no condition.
  • Lemma 10's inclusion ΠΔt(C(It))⊆Kt\Pi_{\Delta_t}(C(\mathcal I_t))\subseteq K_tΠΔt​​(C(It​))⊆Kt​ is not posed: it concerns the algorithm's run. The polynomial-time computation of the circumcenter is not posed either: it is a complexity claim. "For every period ttt" becomes "for every family δ\deltaδ obeying the separation rule"; p=0p=0p=0 is the first period, with K={0}K=\{0\}K={0}.
  • d≥2d\ge2d≥2 is the paper's standing assumption (§2), and d3/2d^{3/2}d3/2 is the real power.
  • Lemma B-3 as printed takes φ\varphiφ as the minimum over i=2,…,pi=2,\dots,pi=2,…,p only. With that minimum the bound is false. The printed proof bounds every i=1,…,pi=1,\dots,pi=1,…,p, and the proof of Lemma 10 applies it so. The minimum over all iii is stated.
  • (B-9) is stated on the page for every closed convex cone. It is posed for every closed convex pointed cone K≠{0}K\ne\{0\}K={0} in Rp\mathbb R^pRp: App-19 defines μ(K)=sin⁡α(K)\mu(K)=\sin\alpha(K)μ(K)=sinα(K) for pointed cones, and K={0}K=\{0\}K={0} is excluded because its dual Rp\mathbb R^pRp has empty boundary.
  • Lemmas B-3 and B-4 are posed in Rm\mathbb R^mRm for every mmm, which is equivalent to the page's Rp\mathbb R^pRp. Lemma B-4 assumes no range for η\etaη, since only η2\eta^2η2 and even powers occur.

The cone in the goal is intersected with Δ\DeltaΔ. A formalization of KKK as {c∈Rd:c′δi≥0}\{c\in\mathbb R^d:c'\delta_i\ge0\}{c∈Rd:c′δi​≥0} would be false for p<dp<dp<d (that set contains a line, so α≥π/2\alpha\ge\pi/2α≥π/2). A separation hypothesis that does not exclude nearly collinear vectors would make the bound unobtainable, and one that is never satisfiable would make it empty. The sanity check in the drafting workspace exhibits the hypotheses at p=d=2p=d=2p=d=2, η=1\eta=1η=1.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; the passage from Rp\mathbb R^pRp to the subspace Δ⊆Rd\Delta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΔ⊆Rd (an isometry lemma for cones and angles); Gram-matrix facts (the inverse correlation matrix diagonal aii=1/(1−Ri2)a_{ii}=1/(1-R_i^2)aii​=1/(1−Ri2​)) as reusable lemmas.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes, Y. Fonseca, I. Lobel, Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning, arXiv:2106.14015v3, 2023 (the version formalized; published in Operations Research, 2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14015
  • R. Henrion, A. Seeger, Inradius and circumradius of various convex cones arising in applications, Set-Valued and Variational Analysis 18, 483–511, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-010-0150-z
  • M. C. Lovell, A simple proof of the FWL theorem, Journal of Economic Education 39(1), 88–91, 2008. https://doi.org/10.3200/JECE.39.1.88-91
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Economics·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both? II: Under Partial Multihoming, Network Effects Raise the Price iff e < 2(t − μ) and the Profit iff e < e_πResearch Paper

Motivation

Many network goods are bought in more than one variety at once. Gamers own both a PlayStation and an Xbox, households subscribe to several streaming services, and users keep accounts on competing social networks. A consumer who multihomes pays twice but enjoys the exclusive content of both products and the network of both user bases. Much of the literature on competition with network effects, starting with Katz and Shapiro (1985) and Farrell and Saloner (1985), assumes that every consumer buys exactly one product. In the paper's own single-homing benchmark (a Hotelling duopoly with network effects), equilibrium prices and profits are strictly decreasing in the strength of the network effect.

Foros, Kind and Stähler (SNF Working Paper 16/21, 2021; published in Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613) let consumers choose endogenously between buying one good and buying both. Without network effects, multihoming makes prices strategically independent (Kim and Serfes, 2006; Anderson, Foros and Kind, 2017), since a consumer's purchase of one good does not depend on the price of the other. Once some consumers multihome and network effects are present, the comparison flips for a range of parameters: network effects make prices strategic complements and can raise both prices and profits. This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 2, which says exactly when network effects raise the equilibrium price and the equilibrium profit, compared with a market without them.

Setting

Two firms i∈{0,1}i\in\{0,1\}i∈{0,1} sit at the ends of a Hotelling line of unit length, on which a unit mass of consumers is spread uniformly. A consumer at xxx who buys good iii pays a mismatch cost t ∣Xi−x∣t\,|X_i-x|t∣Xi​−x∣, with X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, X1=1X_1=1X1​=1 and t>0t>0t>0. Good iii has exclusive features worth eie_iei​, and buying it yields a network benefit μzi\mu z_iμzi​, where μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 is the strength of the network effect and ziz_izi​ the expected number of buyers of good iii. Throughout, μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1 (i) of the paper). Marginal costs are zero.

When some consumers buy both goods and expectations are fulfilled (zi=xiz_i=x_izi​=xi​), the demand for good iii at prices (pi,pj)(p_i,p_j)(pi​,pj​) is the multihoming demand

xiM(pi,pj)=μt+μ+t ei−pit2−μ2−μ ej−pjt2−μ2.(14)x_i^M(p_i,p_j)=\frac{\mu}{t+\mu}+t\,\frac{e_i-p_i}{t^2-\mu^2}-\mu\,\frac{e_j-p_j}{t^2-\mu^2}. \tag{14}xiM​(pi​,pj​)=t+μμ​+tt2−μ2ei​−pi​​−μt2−μ2ej​−pj​​.(14)

Maximizing pi xiM(pi,pj)p_i\,x_i^M(p_i,p_j)pi​xiM​(pi​,pj​) over pip_ipi​ gives the reaction function piM(pj)=tμ−μ2+tei2t+μ pj−ej2tp_i^M(p_j)=\dfrac{t\mu-\mu^2+te_i}{2t}+\mu\,\dfrac{p_j-e_j}{2t}piM​(pj​)=2ttμ−μ2+tei​​+μ2tpj​−ej​​, (15).

This mission treats symmetric firms, e0=e1=ee_0=e_1=ee0​=e1​=e. The symmetric fixed point of (15) is the price pMp^MpM, and the profit is πM=pM xiM(pM,pM)\pi^M=p^M\,x^M_i(p^M,p^M)πM=pMxiM​(pM,pM):

pM=(t−μ)(μ+e)2t−μ,πM=t (t−μ)(e+μ)2(t+μ)(2t−μ)2.(26)p^M=\frac{(t-\mu)(\mu+e)}{2t-\mu},\qquad \pi^M=\frac{t\,(t-\mu)(e+\mu)^2}{(t+\mu)(2t-\mu)^2}. \tag{26}pM=2t−μ(t−μ)(μ+e)​,πM=(t+μ)(2t−μ)2t(t−μ)(e+μ)2​.(26)

Some consumers multihome and some singlehome exactly when eee lies in the partial-multihoming range [e‾,e‾][\underline e,\overline e][e​,e], with

e‾=(t−μ)(2t+μ)2t,e‾=2t2−μ2t.(24)\underline e=\frac{(t-\mu)(2t+\mu)}{2t},\qquad \overline e=\frac{2t^2-\mu^2}{t}. \tag{24}e​=2t(t−μ)(2t+μ)​,e=t2t2−μ2​.(24)

The comparison benchmark "without network effects" is the same model at μ=0\mu=0μ=0, where pM=e/2p^M=e/2pM=e/2 and πM=e2/(4t)\pi^M=e^2/(4t)πM=e2/(4t). The two thresholds of the result are

ep=2(t−μ),eπ=4t2(t−μ)+2t(2t−μ)t2−μ24t2−3tμ+μ2.e_p=2(t-\mu),\qquad e_\pi=\frac{4t^2(t-\mu)+2t(2t-\mu)\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}}{4t^2-3t\mu+\mu^2}.ep​=2(t−μ),eπ​=4t2−3tμ+μ24t2(t−μ)+2t(2t−μ)t2−μ2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For t>0t>0t>0, 0<μ<t0<\mu<t0<μ<t and e∈[e‾,e‾]e\in[\underline e,\overline e]e∈[e​,e]:

e<ep⇒pM(0)<pM(μ),e>ep⇒pM(μ)<pM(0),e<e_p\Rightarrow p^M(0)<p^M(\mu),\qquad e>e_p\Rightarrow p^M(\mu)<p^M(0),e<ep​⇒pM(0)<pM(μ),e>ep​⇒pM(μ)<pM(0), e<eπ⇒πM(0)<πM(μ),e>eπ⇒πM(μ)<πM(0),ep<eπ.e<e_\pi\Rightarrow \pi^M(0)<\pi^M(\mu),\qquad e>e_\pi\Rightarrow \pi^M(\mu)<\pi^M(0),\qquad e_p<e_\pi .e<eπ​⇒πM(0)<πM(μ),e>eπ​⇒πM(μ)<πM(0),ep​<eπ​.

Milestones

  1. The symmetric price is the fixed point of (15), no unilateral price change along (14) raises profit, and demand and profit take the closed forms (25)–(26).
  2. The price comparison: pM(μ)<pM(0)p^M(\mu)<p^M(0)pM(μ)<pM(0) if and only if e>epe>e_pe>ep​.
  3. The profit comparison of Appendix A1: πM(μ)>πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)>\pi^M(0)πM(μ)>πM(0) if e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​, and the reverse if e>eπe>e_\pie>eπ​ (for e≥0e\ge 0e≥0).
  4. The identity for e‾−eπ\overline e-e_\pie−eπ​, the positivity of 4t2−3tμ+μ24t^2-3t\mu+\mu^24t2−3tμ+μ2 (footnote 19), and eπ<e‾e_\pi<\overline eeπ​<e.
  5. The identity for eπ−epe_\pi-e_peπ​−ep​ and ep<eπe_p<e_\piep​<eπ​.
  6. The identity for ep−e‾e_p-\underline eep​−e​ and e‾<ep\underline e<e_pe​<ep​.

Milestones 4–6 together give e‾<ep<eπ<e‾\underline e<e_p<e_\pi<\overline ee​<ep​<eπ​<e, so both thresholds lie inside the partial-multihoming range and every branch of the goal is attained.

Significance

Proposition 2 is the paper's answer to whether network effects help or hurt competing firms once consumers can buy both products. In the single-homing benchmark they always hurt. With partial multihoming, network effects raise prices when exclusive content is scarce (e<epe<e_pe<ep​) and raise profits on the wider range e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​; in between, on (ep,eπ)(e_p,e_\pi)(ep​,eπ​), prices fall but larger sales more than compensate. The thresholds indicate when a firm benefits from stronger network effects, a question the paper's conclusion raises for technology choice.

The result is proved in the paper by hand algebra. This mission produces machine-checked statements of every display of the proof in Appendix A1, first half, in the paper's exact closed forms. Nothing in this model has been formalized before.

Difficulty

The price comparison is a sign check on a rational function. The profit comparison is not: πM(μ)−πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)-\pi^M(0)πM(μ)−πM(0) is a quadratic in eee whose positive root involves t2−μ2\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}t2−μ2​, and placing that root relative to epe_pep​ and e‾\overline ee requires comparisons such as μ3−tμ2+2t3>2t2t2−μ2\mu^3-t\mu^2+2t^3>2t^2\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}μ3−tμ2+2t3>2t2t2−μ2​. Squaring is valid only once both sides are known to be nonnegative, a fact the paper uses without stating, and the comparisons degenerate to equalities at μ=0\mu=0μ=0, so every strict inequality depends on μ>0\mu>0μ>0. A naive approach that clears denominators without tracking their signs, or that squares without checking signs, proves nothing.

Formalization scope

All parameters are real numbers; ttt, μ\muμ, eee are explicit arguments. The standing assumptions are explicit hypotheses: t>0t>0t>0, μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1 (i)), and μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, strengthened to μ>0\mu>0μ>0 wherever a strict comparison with the case without network effects is made. The overlapping features ooo cancel from every object and are not a parameter. Assumption 1 (ii)–(iii) (market coverage, positive market shares) is not needed by any statement and is not added.

The model's demand is (14), the multihoming demand under fulfilled expectations; its derivation from consumer choice, and the full pricing game with its single-homing regime and deviations, are not formalized. The profit is defined as price times demand (14), not as the closed form (26), which is a milestone. "Assume partial multihoming" is the parameter range e∈[e‾,e‾]e\in[\underline e,\overline e]e∈[e​,e]. Proposition 4, the paper's equilibrium characterization, is not posed, because it is false as printed (a profitable deviation exists inside its stated range). Milestone 3 adds e≥0e\ge0e≥0, since the quadratic in eee also has a negative root. The paper's milestone sentences give one direction ("lower if e>epe>e_pe>ep​", "larger if e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​"); the companion directions that Proposition 2 asserts are posed too.

The thresholds are the printed closed forms with Real.sqrt: eπe_\pieπ​ is never defined as "the root of πM(μ)=πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)=\pi^M(0)πM(μ)=πM(0)", which would make the profit threshold true by definition, and epe_pep​ is the literal 2(t−μ)2(t-\mu)2(t−μ). Every denominator is positive under 0≤μ<t0\le\mu<t0≤μ<t, and those hypotheses are kept so that no conclusion relies on Lean's division by zero or on the square root of a negative number.

Needed: real-field algebra, Real.sqrt monotonicity and squaring lemmas, and sign analysis of quadratics. No measure theory or game-theoretic library is needed. Contributions of any milestone, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, F. Stähler, Endogenous multihoming and network effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or both?, SNF Working Paper No. 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613
  • J. Farrell, G. Saloner, Standardization, compatibility, and innovation, RAND Journal of Economics 16(1), 1985. https://doi.org/10.2307/2555589
  • M. L. Katz, C. Shapiro, Network externalities, competition, and compatibility, American Economic Review 75(3), 1985. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1814809
  • S. P. Anderson, Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, Product functionality, competition, and multipurchasing, International Economic Review 58(1), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/iere.12213
  • H. Kim, K. Serfes, A location model with preference for variety, Journal of Industrial Economics 54(4), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6451.2006.00300.x
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities 1: For Generic Score Distributions No Nonintersectional Policy Yields a Representative Outcome but an Intersectional One DoesResearch Paper

Motivation

Affirmative action policies are usually designed reductively: one adjustment for women, another for a racial minority, a third for applicants from low-income families. An applicant who belongs to several categories gets the combined adjustments. A long literature in sociology and law, beginning with Crenshaw's account of intersectionality (1989), argues that people at the intersection of several disadvantaged categories (for instance Black women) can stay underrepresented even when every single category is proportionally represented. Carvalho, Pradelski and Williams, Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities (Management Science, 2025), give this debate a decision-theoretic model. They ask whether any policy that treats identity dimensions independently can achieve proportional representation of every intersectional group.

Their first main result answers that question for a general class of score adjustments and for generic score distributions. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1, together with the lemmas its proof uses.

Setting

A decision maker admits a share α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) of a unit-mass pool of applicants. Each applicant has a score xxx in an interval X⊂RX \subset \mathbb{R}X⊂R and an identity g=(g1,…,gn)∈G={0,1}ng = (g_1,\dots,g_n) \in G = \{0,1\}^ng=(g1​,…,gn​)∈G={0,1}n, with n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. Category iii is the set of identities with gi=1g_i = 1gi​=1. Write 0\mathbf 00 and 1\mathbf 11 for the vectors of zeros and ones and eie_iei​ for the iii-th basis vector. The identity ggg equals g′+g′′g' + g''g′+g′′ when the sum is computed coordinatewise in the integers.

The population is a probability measure ppp on X×GX \times GX×G, with marginal masses p(g)=p(X×{g})p(g) = p(X \times \{g\})p(g)=p(X×{g}). The space PPP consists of those ppp whose conditional score laws Fg=p(⋅∣g)F_g = p(\cdot \mid g)Fg​=p(⋅∣g) are continuous (atomless) and have full support on XXX. PPP carries the relative weak∗^*∗ topology, the topology of weak convergence of probability measures.

A policy family QQQ is a set of strictly increasing bijections X→XX \to XX→X that is rich (for all x,y∈Xx, y \in Xx,y∈X some q∈Qq \in Qq∈Q has q(x)=yq(x) = yq(x)=y) and commutative (q∘q′=q′∘qq \circ q' = q' \circ qq∘q′=q′∘q). Additive shifts x↦x+δx \mapsto x + \deltax↦x+δ on X=RX = \mathbb{R}X=R are an example. A policy assigns to each identity a map qg∈Qq_g \in Qqg​∈Q. Given a threshold x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X, an applicant of group ggg is accepted when qg(x)≥x∗q_g(x) \ge x^*qg​(x)≥x∗, subject to the capacity constraint

∑g∈GPr⁡(qg(x)≥x∗∣g) p(g)=α.\sum_{g \in G} \Pr(q_g(x) \ge x^* \mid g)\, p(g) = \alpha .g∈G∑​Pr(qg​(x)≥x∗∣g)p(g)=α.

The accepted share of ggg is p^(g)\hat p(g)p^​(g), the fraction of the accepted who belong to ggg. The outcome is representative if p^(g)=p(g)\hat p(g) = p(g)p^​(g)=p(g) for every ggg (Definition 2). A policy is nonintersectional if g=g′+g′′g = g' + g''g=g′+g′′ implies qg=qg′∘qg′′q_g = q_{g'} \circ q_{g''}qg​=qg′​∘qg′′​, and intersectional otherwise (Definition 1). Nonintersectional policies are the reductive ones: qgq_gqg​ is the composition of the maps qeiq_{e_i}qei​​ over the categories iii that ggg belongs to.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

A property is generic in PPP if it holds on a dense open subset of PPP. Theorem 1 states: there is a dense open U⊆PU \subseteq PU⊆P such that for every p∈Up \in Up∈U,

(a) no nonintersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p,\text{(a) no nonintersectional policy in } Q^{|G|} \text{ yields a representative outcome at } p,(a) no nonintersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p, (b) some intersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p.\text{(b) some intersectional policy in } Q^{|G|} \text{ yields a representative outcome at } p.(b) some intersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p.

"Yields a representative outcome" means that some threshold x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X satisfies the capacity constraint at level α\alphaα and gives p^(g)=p(g)\hat p(g) = p(g)p^​(g)=p(g) for every ggg. Nothing about QQQ is fixed beyond richness and commutativity, and nothing about ppp beyond membership in PPP.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1(a)–(e) (p. 22). Every q∈Qq \in Qq∈Q is continuous. For each pair x,yx, yx,y exactly one element of QQQ maps xxx to yyy. QQQ contains the identity, is closed under composition, and contains inverses.
  2. Displays (1)–(2) (p. 10). When every p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0, (q,x∗)(q, x^*)(q,x∗) is representative if and only if qg(βg)=x∗q_g(\beta_g) = x^*qg​(βg​)=x∗ for all ggg, where βg=Fg−1(1−α)\beta_g = F_g^{-1}(1-\alpha)βg​=Fg−1​(1−α).
  3. The β1\beta_{\mathbf 1}β1​ identity (p. 10). A representative nonintersectional policy forces x∗=β0x^* = \beta_{\mathbf 0}x∗=β0​ and qei(βei)=β0q_{e_i}(\beta_{e_i}) = \beta_{\mathbf 0}qei​​(βei​​)=β0​. It also forces β1=(qen−1∘⋯∘qe1−1)(β0)\beta_{\mathbf 1} = (q_{e_n}^{-1} \circ \cdots \circ q_{e_1}^{-1})(\beta_{\mathbf 0})β1​=(qen​−1​∘⋯∘qe1​−1​)(β0​).
  4. Lemma 2 (p. 23). For n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, the set of p∈Pp \in Pp∈P with every p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0 on which that identity fails is open and dense in PPP.
  5. Part (b) construction (p. 10). For every p∈Pp \in Pp∈P and every threshold there is a policy in Q∣G∣Q^{|G|}Q∣G∣ satisfying (2) whose outcome is representative.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 separates two classes of policy. The reductive class, which covers the way most affirmative action programmes are written, cannot generically deliver proportional representation of intersectional groups, however its category-wise adjustments are tuned. A policy that adjusts each intersectional group separately can. The negative part holds for every rich commutative family, not only for additive or multiplicative adjustments, so the impossibility does not come from a particular functional form. The later results of the paper build on this one. They measure how badly reductive policies fail, give the nongeneric conditions under which they succeed (Proposition 3, which is the subject of the companion mission), and treat imperfectly intersectional policies.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. A formalization has to make several things precise:

  • the weak∗^*∗ topology on the constrained space PPP;
  • the passage from representativeness to quantile conditions;
  • the continuity of quantiles under weak convergence;
  • the group structure that commutativity and richness impose on QQQ.

The paper's proof of Lemma 2 also concludes with a formula valid only for the additive family (p. 23), so a complete formal proof would supply the missing argument for a general QQQ.

Difficulty

Part (b) and the necessary conditions behind part (a) follow from the definitions. The hard step is genericity (Lemma 2). Openness requires the quantiles βg\beta_gβg​ to depend continuously on ppp in the weak∗^*∗ topology. It also requires the map (βg)g↦(qen−1∘⋯∘qe1−1)(β0)(\beta_g)_g \mapsto (q_{e_n}^{-1} \circ \cdots \circ q_{e_1}^{-1})(\beta_{\mathbf 0})(βg​)g​↦(qen​−1​∘⋯∘qe1​−1​)(β0​) to be continuous, where each qeiq_{e_i}qei​​ is itself determined by βei\beta_{e_i}βei​​ and β0\beta_{\mathbf 0}β0​. The obvious argument writes this map as an explicit formula, ∑iβei−(n−1)β0\sum_i \beta_{e_i} - (n-1)\beta_{\mathbf 0}∑i​βei​​−(n−1)β0​, and that formula holds only for additive shifts. For a general rich commutative family, continuity of the transport map (x,y)↦qx→y(x, y) \mapsto q_{x \to y}(x,y)↦qx→y​ must come from the structure of QQQ as a group of homeomorphisms of an interval acting freely and transitively. Density requires perturbing the law of group 1\mathbf 11 while keeping the perturbation inside PPP. This is where n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 enters: for n=1n = 1n=1, 1=e1\mathbf 1 = e_11=e1​ and there is nothing to perturb independently.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes the following conventions.

  • Scores. Scores live in the subtype ↑X\uparrow X↑X of an order-connected, nonempty set X⊆RX \subseteq \mathbb{R}X⊆R.
  • Identities. Identities are Boolean vectors Fin n → Bool, and g=g′+g′′g = g' + g''g=g′+g′′ is checked coordinatewise on Bool.toNat.
  • Distributions. Distributions are ProbabilityMeasures on ↑X×G\uparrow X \times G↑X×G, whose Mathlib topology is that of weak convergence. PPP is the subtype of measures for which every group of positive mass has no atoms and positive mass on every nonempty open subinterval of XXX.
  • Convention C1. Groups with p(g)=0p(g) = 0p(g)=0 are unconstrained. The page is silent on them, and the paper's proofs need such ppp in PPP.
  • Policy maps. "Increasing" is strict monotonicity.
  • Representativeness. Representativeness always includes the capacity constraint at the given α\alphaα. Acceptance probabilities appear as the joint masses Pr⁡(qg(x)≥x∗∣g) p(g)\Pr(q_g(x) \ge x^* \mid g)\,p(g)Pr(qg​(x)≥x∗∣g)p(g).
  • Genericity. "Generic" is existence of a set that is open and dense in the subtype PPP, with both parts (a) and (b) holding on that one set.
  • Milestone-only objects. Quantiles βg\beta_gβg​ and the transport maps appear only in milestones, which carry p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0 wherever a quantile is used.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out:

  • PPP is nonempty and rich commutative families exist (both checked in a sorry-free sanity file), so the goal is not vacuous;
  • representation is not weakened to "every group accepted at a common rate", because the capacity constraint fixes the rate to α\alphaα;
  • openness and density are not taken in the ambient space of probability measures;
  • policies are required to take values in QQQ.

A complete development needs:

  • the structure theory of rich commutative families (Lemma 1, in effect Hölder's theorem for free transitive actions on an interval);
  • continuity of quantiles of conditional laws under weak convergence;
  • a perturbation argument inside PPP.

The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and proofs of the quantile-continuity facts as standalone lemmas are especially useful.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Carvalho, B. S. R. Pradelski and C. Williams, Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities, Management Science 71(5), 2025; author manuscript hal-04788142v1. https://hal.science/hal-04788142v1
  • K. Crenshaw, Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex, University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989. https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/uclf/vol1989/iss1/8
  • C. D. Aliprantis and K. C. Border, Infinite Dimensional Analysis, 3rd ed., Springer, 2006 (topologies on spaces of measures, Chapters 2 and 15). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-29587-9
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment I: With Unregulated Leverage the Optimal Date-0 Rate Is at Most R and Date-0 Investment Falls Strictly Short of the First-BestResearch Paper

Monetary easing when firms can pay out borrowed funds

Low policy rates are meant to stimulate corporate investment. Acharya and Plantin document that in the low-rate decade after the 2008 crisis, U.S. firms used much of their new borrowing for share buybacks and dividends rather than for investment: leveraged payouts. Their paper (SSRN 3484935; Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440) builds a model in which this is a rational response to cheap funding and in which it limits what monetary easing can achieve. When the market rate is below the shareholders' own discount rate, a firm borrows against its future output to pay its owners today. The owners then keep a smaller stake in the firm's success and exert less effort. A central bank that cuts rates to raise employment therefore also lowers the productivity of the firms it is trying to help.

This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 11: when leverage is not regulated, no choice of date-0 interest rate reaches the efficient allocation, and the best rate leaves investment strictly below its first-best level.

The date-0 economy

There is one consumption good. Entrepreneurs discount date-1 consumption at a rate R>1R>1R>1. An entrepreneur who hires lll units of labour at date 0 obtains f(l)f(l)f(l) units at date 1 with probability eee and nothing otherwise. The effort eee costs her e2f(l)/(2Rπ)e^2 f(l)/(2R\pi)e2f(l)/(2Rπ) privately, where π∈(0,1)\pi\in(0,1)π∈(0,1) is an effort-cost parameter (not the circle constant). Workers own a technology that turns yyy units of labour into g(y)g(y)g(y) units of the good at once; each young worker supplies one unit of labour. Both fff and ggg satisfy the Inada conditions: they vanish at 000, are strictly increasing and strictly concave, with marginal products going from +∞+\infty+∞ at 0+0^+0+ to 000 at +∞+\infty+∞; fff is twice continuously differentiable.

In the laissez-faire steady state, labour l∗l^*l∗ in the capital-good sector and the wage w∗w^*w∗ solve

π2Rf′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)\frac{\pi}{2R}f'(l^*)=g'(1-l^*)=w^*. \qquad (20)2Rπ​f′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)

At date 0 the workers' technology is hit by a shock ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1) and becomes ρg\rho gρg. The efficient date-0 labour lρl_\rholρ​ then solves πf′(lρ)/(2R)=ρ g′(1−lρ)\pi f'(l_\rho)/(2R)=\rho\,g'(1-l_\rho)πf′(lρ​)/(2R)=ρg′(1−lρ​), and lρ>l∗l_\rho>l^*lρ​>l∗. The wage, however, is downward rigid: it cannot fall below w∗w^*w∗ at date 0.

The central bank sets the date-0 rate r>0r>0r>0. An entrepreneur facing rrr retains a stake xxx in her output, and her effort is e=πxe=\pi xe=πx. Writing rˉ(r)=min⁡{r;R}\bar r(r)=\min\{r;R\}rˉ(r)=min{r;R}, she chooses

x=R2R−rˉ(r),e(r)=πR2R−rˉ(r),πRf′(l(r))2(2R−rˉ(r))=r w∗,x=\frac{R}{2R-\bar r(r)},\qquad e(r)=\frac{\pi R}{2R-\bar r(r)},\qquad \frac{\pi R f'(l(r))}{2(2R-\bar r(r))}=r\,w^*,x=2R−rˉ(r)R​,e(r)=2R−rˉ(r)πR​,2(2R−rˉ(r))πRf′(l(r))​=rw∗,

so that for r<Rr<Rr<R she pays out part of her future output (x<1x<1x<1) and her effort falls below π\piπ. The date-0 social surplus is

Σρ(r)=(e(r)−e(r)22π)f(l(r))R+ρ g(1−l(r)).(59)\Sigma_\rho(r)=\Big(e(r)-\frac{e(r)^2}{2\pi}\Big)\frac{f(l(r))}{R}+\rho\,g(1-l(r)). \qquad (59)Σρ​(r)=(e(r)−2πe(r)2​)Rf(l(r))​+ρg(1−l(r)).(59)

A rate rur_uru​ is optimal if it maximizes Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ over all rates r>0r>0r>0 at which the labour demand l(r)≤1l(r)\le 1l(r)≤1 is feasible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 11, points 1–2

An optimal date-0 rate exists, and every optimal rate rur_uru​ with labour lul_ulu​ satisfies

ru≤R,lu<lρ,Σρ(ru)<πf(lρ)2R+ρ g(1−lρ).r_u\le R,\qquad l_u<l_\rho,\qquad \Sigma_\rho(r_u)<\frac{\pi f(l_\rho)}{2R}+\rho\,g(1-l_\rho).ru​≤R,lu​<lρ​,Σρ​(ru​)<2Rπf(lρ​)​+ρg(1−lρ​).

The right-hand side is the first-best date-0 surplus, which regulated leverage attains (Proposition 10 of the paper).

Milestones

  1. The incentive constraint e=arg⁡max⁡y{xy−y2/(2π)}e=\arg\max_y\{xy-y^2/(2\pi)\}e=argmaxy​{xy−y2/(2π)} holds exactly when e=πxe=\pi xe=πx.
  2. Proposition 2: the firm's choice of xxx, eee and investment in the partial-equilibrium model, for every r>0r>0r>0.
  3. (33)–(35): the unregulated date-0 entrepreneur's choice for r0<Rr_0<Rr0​<R.
  4. e(r)e(r)e(r) is increasing and l(r)l(r)l(r) is decreasing in rrr.
  5. lρ>l∗l_\rho>l^*lρ​>l∗, and the flexible wage ρg′(1−lρ)\rho g'(1-l_\rho)ρg′(1−lρ​) is below w∗w^*w∗.
  6. At lρl_\rholρ​, the marginal social value of labour is negative when e<πe<\pie<π.
  7. (60): Σρ′(r^)>0\Sigma_\rho'(\hat r)>0Σρ′​(r^)>0 at the rate r^\hat rr^ with l(r^)=lρl(\hat r)=l_\rhol(r^)=lρ​.

Significance

Proposition 11 is the paper's central negative result. With a rigid wage and a productivity shock, a lower rate raises employment, which is what the central bank wants, but with unregulated leverage it also lowers effort through leveraged payouts. The proposition shows that the second effect always binds before employment reaches its efficient level, so the welfare loss from the shock cannot be undone by monetary policy alone. Prudential regulation of leverage is the missing instrument (Proposition 10). Proposition 12, the subject of a companion mission, builds on the same model to show that small shocks call for no rate cut at all.

The result is proved in the paper, in a short argument in Appendix B. As far as we know it has no machine-checked proof. The formalization makes the existence of an optimal rate, which the paper takes for granted, an explicit claim, and it settles the planner's choice over all rates, including rates above RRR.

Difficulty

The obvious argument differentiates Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ at the rate where l(r)=lρl(r)=l_\rhol(r)=lρ​ and reads off the sign. That shows only that Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ is increasing at one point. To conclude that every optimum has lu<lρl_u<l_\rholu​<lρ​, the sign of the derivative must hold on the whole range of rates where l(r)≥lρl(r)\ge l_\rhol(r)≥lρ​, including the lower end, where labour reaches the endowment bound l=1l=1l=1 and g′(1−l)g'(1-l)g′(1−l) blows up. Existence of an optimum needs continuity of the labour response, which is defined only implicitly through the inverse of f′f'f′, and control of the surplus for rates above RRR, where the firm's behaviour changes regime.

Formalization scope

All objects live in LeveragedPayouts.Unregulated. The economy is a structure Economy with fields R,π,f,g,l∗,w∗R,\pi,f,g,l^*,w^*R,π,f,g,l∗,w∗, the conditions R>1R>1R>1, π∈(0,1)\pi\in(0,1)π∈(0,1), the Inada conditions for fff (with C2C^2C2 and f′′<0f''<0f′′<0) and for ggg (C1C^1C1, g′g'g′ strictly decreasing), l∗∈(0,1)l^*\in(0,1)l∗∈(0,1) and (20). The first-best labour lρl_\rholρ​ is a parameter with its defining equation and 0<lρ<10<l_\rho<10<lρ​<1; these determine it uniquely. Derivatives are Mathlib's deriv, used only where the Inada conditions give differentiability.

Conventions committed to:

  • The rate ranges over all r>0r>0r>0. For r≥Rr\ge Rr≥R the firm's response is Proposition 2 with rˉ(r)=R\bar r(r)=Rrˉ(r)=R, so ru≤Rr_u\le Rru​≤R is a conclusion, not an assumption. The paper's proof restricts to "r≤1r\le 1r≤1", a misprint for r≤Rr\le Rr≤R.
  • Labour demand requires 0<l≤10<l\le 10<l≤1 (the endowment of the young workers).
  • Optimality is global, over every feasible pair (r,l)(r,l)(r,l); existence of an optimum is part of the goal, so the statement is not vacuous.
  • "Welfare is strictly lower than when leverage is regulated" is stated against the first-best date-0 surplus; other dates are not modelled.
  • The page prints (34) with rrr where r0r_0r0​ is meant; the Lean uses r0r_0r0​.

A formalization that restricted the planner to r≤Rr\le Rr≤R, used only local optimality, or left l∗l^*l∗, w∗w^*w∗, lρl_\rholρ​ free of their defining equations would make the goal trivial or false; none of these is used.

Out of scope: the full overlapping-generations dynamics of §3.1–3.4 beyond the date-0 problem (59), the bond market, fiscal transfers, the dates t≠0t\neq 0t=0 (point 1's "r∗=Rr^*=Rr∗=R at all dates other than 0"), and point 3 of Proposition 11, which rests on an additional assumption on the size of transfers.

Needed infrastructure: implicit-function and inverse-function arguments for f′f'f′ on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), one-variable calculus for (60), and compactness for existence. Contributions on the monotone and continuous dependence of the labour response on the rate are reusable in the companion mission.

Selected references

  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, SSRN 3484935, version of May 23, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3484935
  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design IV: The Fixed-Reserve Second-Price Auction Has Worst-Case Regret (n/(n+1))ⁿ at Its Best Reserve 1/(n+1)Research Paper

Motivation

A seller who must auction one item without knowing how buyers value it needs a mechanism that performs acceptably against every plausible value distribution. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (arXiv:2204.10478, Operations Research 2025) measure performance by regret: the expected revenue lost relative to a seller who knows the realized valuations and extracts the highest one. Their main result (Theorem 1, the subject of mission I of this series) shows that against independent and identically distributed valuations the minimax-regret mechanism is a second-price auction whose reserve price is random, drawn from an explicit distribution.

Practitioners rarely randomize reserves. The natural benchmark is the familiar second-price auction with a fixed deterministic reserve rrr, and the question this mission addresses is how much is lost by insisting on a deterministic reserve: what is the worst-case regret of that auction, and which reserve minimizes it? The paper answers this exactly in Proposition 5 (§5.2.1, p. 24, proof in Appendix D, pp. App-10–11). For a single buyer, regret-optimal posted pricing was studied by Bergemann and Schlag (2008), where a deterministic price 1/21/21/2 has worst-case regret 1/21/21/2; Proposition 5 is the nnn-buyer version of that benchmark.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 buyers with valuations v=(v1,…,vn)v=(v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) in the type cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, drawn from a joint distribution F\mathbf FF unknown to the seller. Write v(1)=max⁡iviv^{(1)}=\max_i v_iv(1)=maxi​vi​ and v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) for the second-highest valuation. A direct mechanism charges buyer iii a payment pi(v)p_i(v)pi​(v), and its regret under F\mathbf FF is

Rn(m,F)=Ev∼F[v(1)−∑i=1npi(v)].R_n(m,\mathbf F)=\mathbb E_{v\sim\mathbf F}\Big[v^{(1)}-\sum_{i=1}^n p_i(v)\Big].Rn​(m,F)=Ev∼F​[v(1)−i=1∑n​pi​(v)].

The second-price auction with reserve rrr, SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r), gives the item to the highest bidder if the highest bid is at least rrr, at price max⁡(v(2),r)\max(v^{(2)},r)max(v(2),r), and otherwise does not sell. Its revenue is max⁡(v(2),r) 1(v(1)≥r)\max(v^{(2)},r)\,\mathbf 1(v^{(1)}\ge r)max(v(2),r)1(v(1)≥r).

Three classes of distributions on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n are considered:

  • Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​: product laws G⊗nG^{\otimes n}G⊗n, with GGG a law on [0,1][0,1][0,1];
  • Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​: exchangeable laws (invariant under permuting buyers) that are affiliated, meaning Pr⁡(A∩B∣S)≥Pr⁡(A∣S)Pr⁡(B∣S)\Pr(A\cap B\mid S)\ge\Pr(A\mid S)\Pr(B\mid S)Pr(A∩B∣S)≥Pr(A∣S)Pr(B∣S) for all increasing sets A,BA,BA,B and every sublattice SSS (a set closed under coordinatewise minimum and maximum);
  • Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​: mixtures of i.i.d. laws, whose joint CDF is F(v)=∫∏iG(vi) dμ(G)\mathbf F(v)=\int\prod_i G(v_i)\,d\mu(G)F(v)=∫∏i​G(vi​)dμ(G) for a probability measure μ\muμ on distributions.

The worst-case regret of SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) over a class F\mathcal FF is sup⁡F∈FRn(SPA(r),F)\sup_{\mathbf F\in\mathcal F}R_n(\mathrm{SPA}(r),\mathbf F)supF∈F​Rn​(SPA(r),F). The closed form found by the paper is

Wn(r)={max⁡(1−r, r),n=1,(1−r)n(n−1)n−1((1−r)n−r)n−1,n≥2, r≤12,r,n≥2, r>12,W_n(r)=\begin{cases}\max(1-r,\,r), & n=1,\\[2pt] \dfrac{(1-r)^n(n-1)^{n-1}}{((1-r)n-r)^{n-1}}, & n\ge 2,\ r\le\tfrac12,\\[4pt] r, & n\ge2,\ r>\tfrac12,\end{cases}Wn​(r)=⎩⎨⎧​max(1−r,r),((1−r)n−r)n−1(1−r)n(n−1)n−1​,r,​n=1,n≥2, r≤21​,n≥2, r>21​,​

called wcFixed n r in the Lean development.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, every class F∈{Fiid,Faff,Fmix}\mathcal F\in\{\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}},\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}},\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}\}F∈{Fiid​,Faff​,Fmix​} and every r∈[0,1]r\in[0,1]r∈[0,1],

sup⁡F∈FRn(SPA(r),F)=Wn(r),\sup_{\mathbf F\in\mathcal F}R_n(\mathrm{SPA}(r),\mathbf F)=W_n(r),F∈Fsup​Rn​(SPA(r),F)=Wn​(r),

the no-reserve auction has Wn(0)=1W_n(0)=1Wn​(0)=1 for n=1n=1n=1 and (n−1n)n−1\big(\frac{n-1}{n}\big)^{n-1}(nn−1​)n−1 for n≥2n\ge2n≥2, and

min⁡r∈[0,1]Wn(r)=Wn(1n+1)=(nn+1)n,\min_{r\in[0,1]}W_n(r)=W_n\Big(\frac1{n+1}\Big)=\Big(\frac n{n+1}\Big)^n,r∈[0,1]min​Wn​(r)=Wn​(n+11​)=(n+1n​)n,

with r∗=1/(n+1)r^*=1/(n+1)r∗=1/(n+1) the unique minimizer.

Milestones

  1. The regret of SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) under an i.i.d. law with marginal CDF FFF: rF−(r)n−∫0rFn+∫r1(nFn−1−nFn)rF_-(r)^n-\int_0^rF^n+\int_r^1(nF^{n-1}-nF^n)rF−​(r)n−∫0r​Fn+∫r1​(nFn−1−nFn).
  2. For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, the maximum of rcn+(1−r)(ncn−1−ncn)rc^n+(1-r)(nc^{n-1}-nc^n)rcn+(1−r)(ncn−1−ncn) over c∈[n−1n,1]c\in[\frac{n-1}{n},1]c∈[nn−1​,1] equals Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r).
  3. For n=1n=1n=1, the maximum of rc+(1−r)(1−c)rc+(1-r)(1-c)rc+(1−r)(1−c) over c∈[0,1]c\in[0,1]c∈[0,1] is max⁡(1−r,r)\max(1-r,r)max(1−r,r).
  4. WnW_nWn​ is minimized on [0,1][0,1][0,1] exactly at 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1), with value (n/(n+1))n(n/(n+1))^n(n/(n+1))n.
  5. For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, every exchangeable affiliated law gives SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) regret at most Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r).

Significance

The result. Proposition 5 gives the exact price of determinism. The optimal fixed reserve 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1) has worst-case regret (n/(n+1))n(n/(n+1))^n(n/(n+1))n: 1/21/21/2 for one buyer, 4/94/94/9 for two. The minimax regret of the optimal randomized auction is about 0.3680.3680.368 and 0.3240.3240.324 for the same cases, so the benchmark shows how much of the paper's improvement comes from randomizing the reserve. Both values converge to 1/e1/e1/e as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. Proposition 5 also shows that the worst case does not change when valuations are positively dependent (affiliated, or mixtures of i.i.d.), the same robustness the paper establishes for its optimal mechanism.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in the paper's Appendix D, and no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof needs an expression of the expected revenue of a second-price auction through the order-statistic CDFs, a careful treatment of atoms at the reserve, two elementary but fiddly one-variable optimizations, and, for Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ and Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​, the reduction to the i.i.d. case.

Difficulty

The supremum over Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​ is not attained. The auction's revenue jumps at the reserve: a buyer valued exactly at rrr buys, while one valued just below does not. Nature exploits this with two-point laws placing mass just below rrr and the rest at 111, and the regret approaches Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r) only in the limit. So the first idea, exhibiting a maximizing distribution, fails, and any formalization must treat the worst case as a least upper bound. The upper bound over Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ is the real difficulty: it rests on an order-statistic identity and on an inequality between the CDFs of the maxima of n−1n-1n−1 and nnn affiliated valuations, which in turn needs properties of affiliation that are quoted from Milgrom and Weber (1982) rather than proved in the paper. For Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​ the bound needs the regret to be linear in the mixing measure, i.e. a disintegration of the mixture law through its joint CDF.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Buyers are Fin n; valuations are vectors Fin n → ℝ; a distribution is a probability measure on Fin n → ℝ whose complement of the cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n is null. Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​ is the set of products Measure.pi (fun _ => G) of a probability law G on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​ uses a probability measure on Measure ℝ with the Giry σ-algebra and states the CDF identity of Definition 6 for every vvv.
  • The auction. SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) is the random-reserve auction SPA ρ at ρ = Measure.dirac r; the winner pays max⁡(v(2),r)\max(v^{(2)},r)max(v(2),r) when its bid is at least rrr. Ties go to the lowest index (the paper breaks them arbitrarily; revenue does not depend on the rule).
  • Affiliation is stated cross-multiplied, μ(A∩S)μ(B∩S)≤μ(A∩B∩S)μ(S)\mu(A\cap S)\mu(B\cap S)\le\mu(A\cap B\cap S)\mu(S)μ(A∩S)μ(B∩S)≤μ(A∩B∩S)μ(S), for measurable increasing A,BA,BA,B and measurable sublattices SSS.
  • Conventions committed to. The reserve ranges over [0,1][0,1][0,1] (the page leaves this implicit; for r>1r>1r>1 the closed form is false). Worst-case regret is IsLUB of the set of regrets, not a maximum and not sSup. "The optimal reserve" is IsLeast of WnW_nWn​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], its value at 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1), and uniqueness of the minimizer.
  • Ruled out. A statement with IsGreatest would be false (the supremum is not attained); sSup of the regret image would be a junk value if the image were unbounded; classes without the [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n support condition, or rrr unconstrained, change the theorem.
  • Infrastructure. Expected revenue of a second-price auction via order statistics, the CDF of the maximum and second maximum of i.i.d. variables, and the reduction of mixtures to their components are reusable for the rest of this series and for auction theory generally. Contributions to the affiliation inequalities (Milgrom–Weber) are particularly welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design, arXiv:2204.10478v5, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.10478
  • D. Bergemann, K. Schlag, Pricing without Priors, Journal of the European Economic Association 6(2–3), 560–569, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1162/JEEA.2008.6.2-3.560
  • P. R. Milgrom, R. J. Weber, A Theory of Auctions and Competitive Bidding, Econometrica 50(5), 1089–1122, 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911865
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Risk Exposure and Systemic Instability I: Banks' Risk-Exposure Choices Are Strategic Complements in Every Financial NetworkResearch Paper

Motivation

Banks lend to each other. When one bank's investments fail, it may be unable to repay its interbank debt, and its creditors then receive less. Since Eisenberg and Noe (2001), the standard way to compute who pays whom after such losses has been a clearing vector: a fixed point of a system in which every bank pays the smaller of what it owes and what it has. Much of the later literature on systemic risk takes the banks' assets as given and asks how losses spread through this fixed point, for example Acemoglu, Ozdaglar and Tahbaz-Salehi (2015).

Chong Shu's paper Endogenous Risk Exposure and Systemic Instability (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01519) reverses the question: when banks know they are connected, how much risk do they choose? A successful bank pays its interbank debt in full while its failed counterparties do not, so success is partly taxed by the network. This cross-subsidy shrinks the reward for choosing a safe project. The paper's first main result, Proposition 1, says that in every network the banks' risk choices are strategic complements: when one bank takes more risk, every other bank wants to take more risk too. This mission formalizes Proposition 1.

Setting

A finite set of banks is given. For banks i,ji,ji,j, dˉij≥0\bar d_{ij}\ge 0dˉij​≥0 is the face value of the debt that bank jjj owes bank iii. Bank jjj's total interbank liability is dˉj=∑idˉij\bar d_j=\sum_i\bar d_{ij}dˉj​=∑i​dˉij​, assumed positive, and θij=dˉij/dˉj\theta_{ij}=\bar d_{ij}/\bar d_jθij​=dˉij​/dˉj​ is bank iii's share of it. Bank iii also owes a deposit vi>0v_i>0vi​>0, which must be paid before its interbank debt.

Every bank iii picks a project ZiZ_iZi​ from an interval [Z‾,Z‾][\underline Z,\overline Z][Z​,Z]. The project pays ZiZ_iZi​ with probability P(Zi)P(Z_i)P(Zi​) and 000 otherwise, independently across banks. Assumption 1: P(z)∈(0,1)P(z)\in(0,1)P(z)∈(0,1), PPP is decreasing, and P(z) zP(z)\,zP(z)z is concave. A standing assumption rules out systemic default: Z‾≥vi+dˉi\underline Z\ge v_i+\bar d_iZ​≥vi​+dˉi​ for every iii, so a bank whose project succeeds can always pay in full.

A state ω∈{s,f}N\omega\in\{s,f\}^Nω∈{s,f}N records which projects succeeded; bank iii's cash flow is ei=Zie_i=Z_iei​=Zi​ if ωi=s\omega_i=sωi​=s and 000 otherwise. A payment equilibrium d∗(ω;Z)d^*(\omega;Z)d∗(ω;Z) solves

di∗={min⁡[∑jθijdj∗+ei−vi, dˉi]}+for all i.d_i^*=\Big\{\min\Big[\sum_j\theta_{ij}d_j^*+e_i-v_i,\ \bar d_i\Big]\Big\}^+\quad\text{for all } i .di∗​={min[j∑​θij​dj∗​+ei​−vi​, dˉi​]}+for all i.

Bank iii's profit is Πi=(∑jθijdj∗+ei−vi−di∗)+\Pi_i=(\sum_j\theta_{ij}d_j^*+e_i-v_i-d_i^*)^+Πi​=(∑j​θij​dj∗​+ei​−vi​−di∗​)+, and its expected profit E[Πi(ω;Z)]\mathbb E[\Pi_i(\omega;Z)]E[Πi​(ω;Z)] is the sum over states weighted by Pr⁡(ω)=∏jPr⁡(ωj)\Pr(\omega)=\prod_j\Pr(\omega_j)Pr(ω)=∏j​Pr(ωj​). The best-response set Z^i(Z−i)\hat Z_i(Z_{-i})Z^i​(Z−i​) is the set of maximizers of E[Πi]\mathbb E[\Pi_i]E[Πi​] over Zi∈[Z‾,Z‾]Z_i\in[\underline Z,\overline Z]Zi​∈[Z​,Z], with the other banks' choices Z−iZ_{-i}Z−i​ held fixed. The cross-subsidy is

Di(Z−i)=∑ω−i(dˉi−∑jθijdj∗(ωi=s))Pr⁡(ω−i),\mathcal D_i(Z_{-i})=\sum_{\omega_{-i}}\Big(\bar d_i-\sum_j\theta_{ij}d^*_j(\omega^{i=s})\Big)\Pr(\omega_{-i}),Di​(Z−i​)=ω−i​∑​(dˉi​−j∑​θij​dj∗​(ωi=s))Pr(ω−i​),

bank iii's expected net payment to the network when its own project succeeds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 10)

For banks i≠mi\ne mi=m, profiles Z∈[Z‾,Z‾]NZ\in[\underline Z,\overline Z]^NZ∈[Z​,Z]N, and Z′Z'Z′ equal to ZZZ except that Zm≤Zm′Z_m\le Z'_mZm​≤Zm′​:

z^∈Z^i(Z−i), z^′∈Z^i(Z−i′) ⟹ max⁡(z^,z^′)∈Z^i(Z−i′)  and  min⁡(z^,z^′)∈Z^i(Z−i).\hat z\in\hat Z_i(Z_{-i}),\ \hat z'\in\hat Z_i(Z'_{-i})\ \Longrightarrow\ \max(\hat z,\hat z')\in\hat Z_i(Z'_{-i})\ \text{ and }\ \min(\hat z,\hat z')\in\hat Z_i(Z_{-i}).z^∈Z^i​(Z−i​), z^′∈Z^i​(Z−i′​) ⟹ max(z^,z^′)∈Z^i​(Z−i′​)  and  min(z^,z^′)∈Z^i​(Z−i​).

This is the strong-set-order form of "Z^i\hat Z_iZ^i​ is nondecreasing in ZmZ_mZm​". It does not require the network to be regular or path-connected.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): d∗(ω;Z)d^*(\omega;Z)d∗(ω;Z) does not depend on ZZZ.
  2. Auxiliary Lemma (IA p. 7): d∗(ωj=f)≤d∗(ωj=s)d^*(\omega^{j=f})\le d^*(\omega^{j=s})d∗(ωj=f)≤d∗(ωj=s) componentwise.
  3. (7) (p. 9): E[Πi]=P(Zi)(Zi−vi)−P(Zi)Di(Z−i)+(1−P(Zi))⋅(expected payoff after failure)\mathbb E[\Pi_i]=P(Z_i)(Z_i-v_i)-P(Z_i)\mathcal D_i(Z_{-i})+(1-P(Z_i))\cdot(\text{expected payoff after failure})E[Πi​]=P(Zi​)(Zi​−vi​)−P(Zi​)Di​(Z−i​)+(1−P(Zi​))⋅(expected payoff after failure).
  4. (I.4) (IA p. 8): Di(Z−i)≤Di(Z−i′)\mathcal D_i(Z_{-i})\le\mathcal D_i(Z'_{-i})Di​(Z−i​)≤Di​(Z−i′​).
  5. The Ω−if+\Omega^{f+}_{-i}Ω−if+​ claims (IA p. 9): a bank that survives its own failure pays dˉi\bar d_idˉi​ in full, and its own state does not change what it receives.
  6. Di∗\mathcal D^*_iDi∗​ is increasing in ZmZ_mZm​ (IA p. 10).
  7. Supermodularity (IA p. 10): E[Πi]\mathbb E[\Pi_i]E[Πi​] has increasing differences in (Zi,Zm)(Z_i,Z_m)(Zi​,Zm​).

The regular-network step (I.3) (IA p. 7), that the maximizer of P(z)(z−v)−P(z)DP(z)(z-v)-P(z)DP(z)(z−v)−P(z)D is increasing in DDD, is also posed, as a theorem outside the milestone list.

Significance

Proposition 1 makes the risk-taking game supermodular. That property is what the rest of the paper relies on. It gives existence of equilibrium (Proposition 2) through Tarski's fixed-point theorem, it identifies least and greatest equilibria, and it lets the later comparative statics compare networks: complete against ring, size, central clearing, bailouts. Each of these results argues "the cross-subsidy rises, so equilibrium risk rises", and that step is Proposition 1 applied through Topkis's monotonicity theorem.

On the formal side, no clearing model is currently on the platform. This mission supplies one: the Eisenberg–Noe clearing system with a stochastic state, the greatest clearing vector, expected profits, and best responses. It also checks the paper's proof in the non-regular case. That proof splits on the states in which a bank survives its own failure, and one inequality in it is asserted without proof. The result is proved on paper; none of it has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

In a regular network a failed bank always defaults, and the argument reduces to two monotonicity facts: (I.3) and (I.4). In a non-regular network a failed bank can still earn a profit when enough of its debtors succeed. A riskier counterparty then has two opposite effects. It raises the cross-subsidy, which pushes toward risk, and it lowers the chance of being bailed out after one's own failure, which pushes away from risk. The proof must show that the first effect dominates in every network. It does so by partitioning the states according to whether bank iii survives its own failure, Ω−if+\Omega^{f+}_{-i}Ω−if+​, and by showing that the states in that set contribute nothing to the cross-partial. This requires the clearing vector to be monotone in every bank's success and stable when a surviving bank's own state flips. It also needs an inequality, vi+dˉi≥∑jθijdj∗(ωm=f,i=s)v_i+\bar d_i\ge\sum_j\theta_{ij}d^*_j(\omega^{m=f,i=s})vi​+dˉi​≥∑j​θij​dj∗​(ωm=f,i=s) whenever ω−im=f∉Ω−if+\omega^{m=f}_{-i}\notin\Omega^{f+}_{-i}ω−im=f​∈/Ω−if+​, which the paper asserts without proof.

The naive route is to differentiate the first-order condition, as the paper does in (I.3). That route is not available: Assumption 1 gives neither differentiability of PPP nor a unique maximizer.

Formalization scope

Banks form a finite type, and states are Boolean vectors (true = success). All probabilities are finite products and all expectations are finite sums: no measure theory is involved. Sums over ω−i\omega_{-i}ω−i​ are written as sums over full states with ωi\omega_iωi​ fixed, weighted by the product over j≠ij\ne ij=i.

Conventions the Lean statements commit to:

  • dˉij≥0\bar d_{ij}\ge0dˉij​≥0 rather than the page's dˉij>0\bar d_{ij}>0dˉij​>0. This is the reading forced by the paper's own ring network (Definition 3), and every total dˉj>0\bar d_j>0dˉj​>0 is assumed. Self-loops are allowed.
  • d∗d^*d∗ is the greatest solution of the clearing system, the componentwise supremum of all solutions in [0,dˉ][0,\bar d][0,dˉ]. Lemma 1 asserts only generic uniqueness, so a selection is required. The greatest solution is the one Eisenberg–Noe's algorithm returns, and it equals the solution whenever that is unique.
  • "Decreasing" in Assumption 1 is read weakly (AntitoneOn), which is the more general hypothesis.
  • Every bank's choice, including the varied Zm′Z'_mZm′​, lies in [Z‾,Z‾][\underline Z,\overline Z][Z​,Z], and the no-default assumption Z‾≥vi+dˉi\underline Z\ge v_i+\bar d_iZ​≥vi​+dˉi​ is an explicit hypothesis. Without either, Lemma 2 fails.
  • Derivative statements are replaced by order-theoretic ones: the strong set order for dZ^i/dZm≥0d\hat Z_i/dZ_m\ge0dZ^i​/dZm​≥0 and for (I.3), increasing differences for the cross-partial. Strict ">0>0>0" claims become weak, because they are false when banks iii and mmm are not path-connected.

The goal is vacuous when a best-response set is empty. This is faithful, since Z^i\hat Z_iZ^i​ presupposes a maximizer, and best responses exist whenever PPP is continuous. A formalization that takes d∗d^*d∗ as an arbitrary solution under a uniqueness hypothesis, or as an sSup that could be junk, would trivialize the mission. The definition used here is shown, in a sorry-free check, to solve the clearing system.

Not posed: Lemma 1 (cited from Eisenberg–Noe), Proposition 2 and Corollary 1 (consequences of Proposition 1), and the later comparative statics (Propositions 3–9). Proposition 4, the comparison of complete and ring networks, is a separate mission of this series. Reusable contributions are welcome: monotonicity of greatest fixed points in a parameter, and a general Topkis-style argmax monotonicity on chains.

Selected references

  • Chong Shu, Endogenous Risk Exposure and Systemic Instability, Management Science (accepted manuscript, 17 Sep 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01519
  • Larry Eisenberg and Thomas H. Noe, Systemic Risk in Financial Systems, Management Science 47(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.47.2.236.9835
  • Daron Acemoglu, Asuman Ozdaglar and Alireza Tahbaz-Salehi, Systemic Risk and Stability in Financial Networks, American Economic Review 105(2), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20130456
  • Paul Milgrom and John Roberts, Rationalizability, Learning, and Equilibrium in Games with Strategic Complementarities, Econometrica 58(6), 1990. https://doi.org/10.2307/2938316
  • Paul Milgrom and Chris Shannon, Monotone Comparative Statics, Econometrica 62(1), 1994. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951479
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Merger Decisions Among Competitors: Impact of Limited Capacity and Loyal Segments: The Mixed Merger Is the Equilibrium Iff α(1−2α)/(1−3α) < k < 1−2α, Else No MergerResearch Paper

Motivation

Antitrust authorities review horizontal mergers by asking whether the merged firm will raise prices. A prior question is which mergers firms will choose to form at all. When several firms can merge, the identity of the partner matters: a large firm may absorb a small rival, or two small rivals may combine to face the large one. Wang, Wu, Tang and Dai (Management Science, 2024) study this partner-selection question in a price-competition model with two frictions common in retail and service markets: limited capacity of the small firms, and loyal segments, buyers who only buy from their own firm. Their main result says exactly which merger, if any, arises in equilibrium. Every step of its proof is an explicit comparison of closed-form profits, which makes the result a natural target for complete machine verification.

Setting

Three firms AAA, BBB, CCC sell a homogeneous product at zero marginal cost. A unit mass of buyers each demand one unit and value it at the reservation price r>0r>0r>0. Each firm has α\alphaα loyal buyers, 0<α<1/30<\alpha<1/30<α<1/3; the remaining 1−3α1-3\alpha1−3α buyers are switchers who buy from the cheapest firm. Firm AAA is unconstrained; the small firms BBB and CCC each have capacity kkk, with α<k<1\alpha<k<1α<k<1. Unserved buyers are rationed at random and spill over to the next cheapest firm.

The firms may stay independent, {A,B,C}\{A,B,C\}{A,B,C}; firm AAA may merge with one small firm, the mixed merger {AB,C}\{AB,C\}{AB,C}; or the two small firms may merge, the small merger {A,BC}\{A,BC\}{A,BC}. A merged entity pools capacities and loyal buyers. In each structure the firms play a price game whose equilibrium is in mixed strategies. The paper's Table A1 lists, for each structure, the lower bound of price support L(0)L^{(0)}L(0), L(AB)L^{(AB)}L(AB), L(BC)L^{(BC)}L(BC) and the equilibrium profits ΠA(0)\Pi^{(0)}_AΠA(0)​, ΠB(0)=ΠC(0)\Pi^{(0)}_B=\Pi^{(0)}_CΠB(0)​=ΠC(0)​, Π(AB)\Pi^{(AB)}Π(AB), ΠC(AB)\Pi^{(AB)}_CΠC(AB)​, ΠA(BC)\Pi^{(BC)}_AΠA(BC)​, Π(BC)\Pi^{(BC)}Π(BC), as piecewise functions of (α,k,r)(\alpha,k,r)(α,k,r) built from

s1=(1−3α)(1−k1−2α),s2=s1(1−kα+s1),s3=(1−3α)(1−2k1−α),s_1=(1-3\alpha)\Bigl(1-\tfrac{k}{1-2\alpha}\Bigr),\quad s_2=s_1\Bigl(1-\tfrac{k}{\alpha+s_1}\Bigr),\quad s_3=(1-3\alpha)\Bigl(1-\tfrac{2k}{1-\alpha}\Bigr),s1​=(1−3α)(1−1−2αk​),s2​=s1​(1−α+s1​k​),s3​=(1−3α)(1−1−α2k​),

the numbers of spilled-over switchers. In the small merger each small firm receives half: ΠB(BC)=ΠC(BC)=Π(BC)/2\Pi^{(BC)}_B=\Pi^{(BC)}_C=\Pi^{(BC)}/2ΠB(BC)​=ΠC(BC)​=Π(BC)/2.

A structure is an equilibrium structure when no firm or coalition gains by deviating. For {AB,C}\{AB,C\}{AB,C} this is

(1a) Π(AB)>ΠA(0)+ΠB(0),(1b) Π(AB)>ΠA(BC)+ΠB(BC)  or  ΠC(AB)≥ΠC(BC);\text{(1a) } \Pi^{(AB)}>\Pi^{(0)}_A+\Pi^{(0)}_B,\qquad \text{(1b) } \Pi^{(AB)}>\Pi^{(BC)}_A+\Pi^{(BC)}_B\ \text{ or }\ \Pi^{(AB)}_C\ge\Pi^{(BC)}_C ;(1a) Π(AB)>ΠA(0)​+ΠB(0)​,(1b) Π(AB)>ΠA(BC)​+ΠB(BC)​  or  ΠC(AB)​≥ΠC(BC)​;

for {A,BC}\{A,BC\}{A,BC} it is

(2a) ΠC(BC)>ΠC(0),(2b) ΠA(BC)+ΠB(BC)≥Π(AB);\text{(2a) } \Pi^{(BC)}_C>\Pi^{(0)}_C,\qquad \text{(2b) } \Pi^{(BC)}_A+\Pi^{(BC)}_B\ge\Pi^{(AB)} ;(2a) ΠC(BC)​>ΠC(0)​,(2b) ΠA(BC)​+ΠB(BC)​≥Π(AB);

and the status quo {A,B,C}\{A,B,C\}{A,B,C} is the equilibrium structure when neither condition (1) nor condition (2) holds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

With k∗=α(1−2α)/(1−3α)k^*=\alpha(1-2\alpha)/(1-3\alpha)k∗=α(1−2α)/(1−3α),

{S:S is an equilibrium structure}={{{AB,C}}if k∗<k<1−2α,{{A,B,C}}otherwise.\{S : S\text{ is an equilibrium structure}\}= \begin{cases} \{\{AB,C\}\} & \text{if } k^*<k<1-2\alpha,\\ \{\{A,B,C\}\} & \text{otherwise.} \end{cases}{S:S is an equilibrium structure}={{{AB,C}}{{A,B,C}}​if k∗<k<1−2α,otherwise.​

The statement is an exact characterization: in the interval the mixed merger is an equilibrium structure and the small merger is not; outside it neither merger is.

Milestones

  1. Lemmas 3–5: on the regions Ω1,2(0)\Omega^{(0)}_{1,2}Ω1,2(0)​, Ω1,2,3(BC)\Omega^{(BC)}_{1,2,3}Ω1,2,3(BC)​, Ω1,2(AB)\Omega^{(AB)}_{1,2}Ω1,2(AB)​ of the (α,k)(\alpha,k)(α,k) plane, each Table A1 maximum equals one explicit branch.
  2. Proposition 1: for k≥1−2αk\ge 1-2\alphak≥1−2α the independent structure is the unique equilibrium structure.
  3. Proposition 2 and the inequality s2<s3s_2<s_3s2​<s3​ from its proof: L(AB)≥L(BC)≥L(0)L^{(AB)}\ge L^{(BC)}\ge L^{(0)}L(AB)≥L(BC)≥L(0).
  4. The comparisons in the proof of Proposition 3: the Σ\SigmaΣ inequality, the threshold k∗k^*k∗ for (1a), the joint profit of AAA and BBB under {A,B,C}\{A,B,C\}{A,B,C}, {A,BC}\{A,BC\}{A,BC} and {AB,C}\{AB,C\}{AB,C}, and firm CCC's three pairwise profit comparisons.

Significance

The result separates the two forces of the model. Loyal buyers make a merged entity less aggressive in price, which is why no merger is profitable when capacity is ample. Limited capacity creates spillover demand, which a large firm captures by merging with a small rival but which two small firms do not capture by merging with each other. Proposition 3 says the second force wins exactly on (k∗,1−2α)(k^*,1-2\alpha)(k∗,1−2α) and that the small merger never forms. This answers one of the paper's opening questions, whether two capacity-constrained small firms merge to compete with a large one: in this model they do not.

The paper proves the result by hand, over eight regions of the parameter plane (its Figure A1). The comparisons involve rational functions whose denominators are positive only under the region's constraints, and threshold curves with square roots. A machine-checked proof certifies the region bookkeeping. No formalization of this result exists.

Difficulty

Each single comparison is elementary algebra; the difficulty is the case structure. Table A1 has four rows in kkk whose boundaries ((1−2α)2/(2−5α)(1-2\alpha)^2/(2-5\alpha)(1−2α)2/(2−5α), (1−α)/2(1-\alpha)/2(1−α)/2, 1−2α1-2\alpha1−2α) differ per column, and three of its cells are maxima whose active branch changes along the curves k1,2(0)k^{(0)}_{1,2}k1,2(0)​, k1,2(BC)k^{(BC)}_{1,2}k1,2(BC)​, k1(AB)k^{(AB)}_1k1(AB)​. Root-location facts such as α<k1(0)\alpha<k^{(0)}_1α<k1(0)​ and k2(BC)<(1−2α)2/(2−5α)k^{(BC)}_2<(1-2\alpha)^2/(2-5\alpha)k2(BC)​<(1−2α)2/(2−5α) are needed to know which row a region lies in. One inclusion the proof uses is only shown in the paper's figure: on Ω1(BC)\Omega^{(BC)}_1Ω1(BC)​, where condition (2a) holds, one needs k>k∗k>k^*k>k∗ in order to conclude that (2b) fails. At the region boundaries k=(1−α)/2k=(1-\alpha)/2k=(1−α)/2 and k=k1(AB)k=k^{(AB)}_1k=k1(AB)​ several of the proof's strict inequalities are equalities.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated over the reals in the namespace EndogMerger.SymLoyal. All definitions take explicit parameters (α k r : ℝ). The standing assumptions 0<α<1/30<\alpha<1/30<α<1/3, α<k\alpha<kα<k, r>0r>0r>0, and k<1k<1k<1 or k<1−2αk<1-2\alphak<1−2α as each statement requires, are hypotheses of each theorem. Relative to the paper, 0<α0<\alpha0<α replaces 0≤α0\le\alpha0≤α (every region of the analysis has α>0\alpha>0α>0), and r>0r>0r>0 is made explicit. Firm AAA's capacity kA≥1−2αk_A\ge 1-2\alphakA​≥1−2α does not enter Table A1 and is not modelled. The split of Π(AB)\Pi^{(AB)}Π(AB) between AAA and BBB is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Table A1 is the definition. The profits and lower bounds are defined by Table A1's piecewise expressions, row by row, with max where the table has a maximum. The paper's derivation of these values as equilibrium outcomes of a mixed-strategy price game with random rationing is not formalized; Section 6 of the paper itself obtains Proposition 3 from the Table A1 profits. The paper's PDF page numbers are cited throughout; the appendix restarts its printed numbering, so printed page numbers are not used.

Three trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The profits are not defined by the closed forms of Lemmas 3–5, which would make those lemmas definitional. The equilibrium predicate for {A,B,C}\{A,B,C\}{A,B,C} requires that neither condition (1) nor condition (2) holds, so the goal includes the claim that the small merger is never an equilibrium. The thresholds α1(0)\alpha^{(0)}_1α1(0)​ and α1(BC)\alpha^{(BC)}_1α1(BC)​ are not defined by the paper's equation k1(α1)=k2(α1)k_1(\alpha_1)=k_2(\alpha_1)k1​(α1​)=k2​(α1​), which Real.sqrt satisfies for every α\alphaα with a negative radicand. Instead α1(BC)=(11−17)/52\alpha^{(BC)}_1=(11-\sqrt{17})/52α1(BC)​=(11−17​)/52, and α1(0)\alpha^{(0)}_1α1(0)​ is a parameter pinned as the root in (0,1/3)(0,1/3)(0,1/3) of −43α3+43α2−13α+1-43\alpha^3+43\alpha^2-13\alpha+1−43α3+43α2−13α+1.

Where the paper's proof claims a strict inequality on a closed region whose boundary gives equality, the milestone states it on the open region, and its Formalization Note says so.

No library beyond Mathlib's real arithmetic and Real.sqrt is needed. Lemmas about the threshold curves, for example that k1(AB)(α)k^{(AB)}_1(\alpha)k1(AB)​(α) lies in (α,(1−α)/2)(\alpha,(1-\alpha)/2)(α,(1−α)/2), are reusable across milestones. Contributions of intermediate lemmas, including the region inclusion Ω1(BC)⊆{k>k∗}\Omega^{(BC)}_1\subseteq\{k>k^*\}Ω1(BC)​⊆{k>k∗}, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Wang, X. Wu, C. S. Tang, Y. Dai, Endogenous Merger Decisions Among Competitors: Impact of Limited Capacity and Loyal Segments, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01943
  • H. R. Varian, A Model of Sales, American Economic Review 70(4), 1980. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1803558
  • S. W. Salant, S. Switzer, R. J. Reynolds, Losses from Horizontal Merger: The Effects of an Exogenous Change in Industry Structure on Cournot–Nash Equilibrium, Quarterly Journal of Economics 98(2), 1983. https://doi.org/10.2307/1885626
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustifying Conditional Portfolio Decisions via Optimal Transport 1: With a Singleton Fiber and Only Positive Fiber Mass Required, the Worst-Case Conditional Expected Loss Collapses to sup_y ℓ(y)Research Paper

Conditioning on a covariate under distributional ambiguity

A portfolio manager who observes side information (a covariate XXX, such as a market indicator) before choosing a portfolio wants to control the loss of the asset returns YYY conditional on the observed covariate value x0x_0x0​. The conditional law of YYY given X=x0X=x_0X=x0​ is unknown and must be learned from NNN historical pairs (x^i,y^i)(\widehat x_i,\widehat y_i)(xi​,y​i​). When x0x_0x0​ itself was never observed, the empirical conditional law is undefined, and kernel or nearest-neighbour estimates are fragile. Nguyen, Zhang, Wang, Blanchet, Delage and Ye (arXiv:2103.16451v3, Operations Research, 2025) robustify the conditional decision with an optimal transport ambiguity set: the decision maker hedges against every joint law Q\mathbb QQ of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) within transport distance ρ\rhoρ of the empirical law. The resulting objective is a ratio of two linear functionals of Q\mathbb QQ, so the standard Wasserstein distributionally robust duality (Blanchet and Murthy, 2019; Gao and Kleywegt, 2023) does not apply directly.

The paper settles every regime of the three parameters (ball radius ρ\rhoρ, fiber radius γ\gammaγ, minimum fiber mass ε\varepsilonε). This mission formalizes the simplest regime, γ=ε=0\gamma=\varepsilon=0γ=ε=0, where the answer is negative: the worst case does not depend on the data at all.

Setting

The covariate space X\mathcal XX and the return space Y\mathcal YY are Polish spaces with their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras. Two ground costs DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​ combine into the separable cost D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX(x,x′)+DY(y,y′)\mathbb D((x,y),(x',y'))=\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x')+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,y')D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX​(x,x′)+DY​(y,y′). The data define the empirical measure P^=1N∑i∈[N]δ(x^i,y^i)\widehat{\mathbb P}=\frac1N\sum_{i\in[N]}\delta_{(\widehat x_i,\widehat y_i)}P=N1​∑i∈[N]​δ(xi​,y​i​)​.

The optimal transport cost between two probability measures Q1,Q2\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2Q1​,Q2​ on X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y is

W(Q1,Q2)=inf⁡{Eπ[D(ξ1,ξ2)]:π∈Π(Q1,Q2)},W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)=\inf\{\mathbb E_\pi[\mathbb D(\xi_1,\xi_2)]:\pi\in\Pi(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)\},W(Q1​,Q2​)=inf{Eπ​[D(ξ1​,ξ2​)]:π∈Π(Q1​,Q2​)},

the infimum over couplings π\piπ with marginals Q1\mathbb Q_1Q1​ and Q2\mathbb Q_2Q2​. The ambiguity set is the ball Bρ={Q:W(Q,P^)≤ρ}\mathbb B_\rho=\{\mathbb Q:W(\mathbb Q,\widehat{\mathbb P})\le\rho\}Bρ​={Q:W(Q,P)≤ρ}.

Given a covariate value x0x_0x0​ and a radius γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0, the neighbourhood is Nγ(x0)={x:DX(x,x0)≤γ}\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)=\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le\gamma\}Nγ​(x0​)={x:DX​(x,x0​)≤γ}, and Nγ(x0)×Y\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\times\mathcal YNγ​(x0​)×Y is the fiber set. For a loss ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β)\ell(y)=\ell(y,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β) at a fixed decision (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β) and a law Q\mathbb QQ with positive fiber mass, the conditional expected loss is

EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ(x0)]=EQ[ℓ(Y)1Nγ(x0)(X)]Q(X∈Nγ(x0)).\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)]=\frac{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mathbb 1_{\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)}(X)]}{\mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))}.EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ​(x0​)]=Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))EQ​[ℓ(Y)1Nγ​(x0​)​(X)]​.

The paper's standing Assumption 2.4 requires: (i) DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​ are symmetric, non-negative and continuous, and D\mathbb DD vanishes exactly on the diagonal; (ii) every x^i\widehat x_ixi​ has a unique projection onto Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​); (iii) every boundary point of Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) has points outside Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) at arbitrarily small cost.

With γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 the fiber is {x0}×Y\{x_0\}\times\mathcal Y{x0​}×Y. With ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 the fiber-mass constraint is taken as the strict inequality Q(X=x0)>0\mathbb Q(X=x_0)>0Q(X=x0​)>0, so that the conditioning event is never null.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1 (p. 14)

For every x0∈Xx_0\in\mathcal Xx0​∈X, every ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and every loss ℓ:Y→R\ell:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb Rℓ:Y→R,

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X=x0)>0EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=sup⁡y∈Yℓ(y),\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X=x_0)>0}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0]=\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\ell(y),Q∈Bρ​, Q(X=x0​)>0sup​EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=y∈Ysup​ℓ(y),

both sides in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞].

Milestones (in the order of the proof, pp. 40–41)

  1. Representation of the ball (p. 40, the same set as display (24), p. 47): Q∈Bρ\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ∈Bρ​ if and only if Q=1N∑iπi\mathbb Q=\frac1N\sum_i\pi_iQ=N1​∑i​πi​ for probability measures πi\pi_iπi​ with 1N∑iEπi[D(⋅,(x^i,y^i))]≤ρ\frac1N\sum_i\mathbb E_{\pi_i}[\mathbb D(\cdot,(\widehat x_i,\widehat y_i))]\le\rhoN1​∑i​Eπi​​[D(⋅,(xi​,y​i​))]≤ρ.
  2. Lower bound (pp. 40–41): for every y0∈Yy_0\in\mathcal Yy0​∈Y some Q′∈Bρ\mathbb Q'\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ′∈Bρ​ has Q′(X=x0)>0\mathbb Q'(X=x_0)>0Q′(X=x0​)>0 and EQ′[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=ℓ(y0)\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q'}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0]=\ell(y_0)EQ′​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=ℓ(y0​).
  3. Upper bound (p. 41): EQ[ℓ(Y)∣(X,Y)∈S]≤sup⁡yℓ(y)\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid (X,Y)\in S]\le\sup_y\ell(y)EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣(X,Y)∈S]≤supy​ℓ(y) whenever Q(S)>0\mathbb Q(S)>0Q(S)>0.

Significance

The proposition shows that conditioning on a single covariate value with an optimal transport ball is uninformative: the worst-case conditional loss equals the robust optimization value sup⁡y∈Yℓ(y,α,β)\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\ell(y,\alpha,\beta)supy∈Y​ℓ(y,α,β) for every data set. This is what motivates the rest of the paper: either a minimum fiber mass ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (Theorem 3.2) or a fiber of positive radius γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 (Section 4) is needed for the data to matter. The paper contrasts this with the type-∞\infty∞ Wasserstein ball, for which it points to existing results to compute the worst case.

For the platform, the mission sets up the shared model of the series: the separable ground cost, the empirical measure, the fiber, the conditional expectation as an extended-real ratio, and the paper's Assumption 2.4. The ball representation (milestone 1) is used by every other mission of the series; it rests on the existence of optimal couplings on Polish spaces, which Mathlib does not yet have. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist.

Difficulty

The statement is an equality of two suprema over very different index sets, and neither inequality reduces to the other. The natural first idea, that the worst case is attained by a small perturbation of the empirical measure, fails: the empirical measure may put no mass on the fiber {x0}×Y\{x_0\}\times\mathcal Y{x0​}×Y, or put its mass there at returns far from where ℓ\ellℓ is large, and the value must be reached for every data set. Points of the data sitting exactly at x0x_0x0​ are the delicate case, since the transport budget charges for every displacement of mass. The ball representation (milestone 1) is the hard infrastructure step in its "only if" direction: it needs an optimal coupling, i.e. attainment of the transport infimum on Polish spaces, which is absent from Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Samples are indexed by Fin N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1. The ground cost is max⁡(DX+DY,0)\max(\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y},0)max(DX​+DY​,0) as a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued function. The transport cost reuses the published RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost, an infimum over couplings whose first marginal is Q\mathbb QQ and second marginal is P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P; the paper's "min" is not built into the definition. The radius enters as ENNReal.ofReal ρ, and the goal assumes ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 as on the page (ρ∈R++\rho\in\mathbb R_{++}ρ∈R++​). Expectations use the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral, ∫ℓ+−∫ℓ−\int\ell^+-\int\ell^-∫ℓ+−∫ℓ− in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], so the loss ℓ:Y→R\ell:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb Rℓ:Y→R is arbitrary: no measurability, boundedness or integrability. The loss stands for ℓ(⋅,α,β)\ell(\cdot,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(⋅,α,β) at an arbitrary fixed decision, which is how "for any feasible (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β)" is read. The fiber at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 is {x:DX(x,x0)≤0}×Y\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le0\}\times\mathcal Y{x:DX​(x,x0​)≤0}×Y; that it equals {x0}×Y\{x_0\}\times\mathcal Y{x0​}×Y follows from Assumption 2.4(i). The boundary in Assumption 2.4(iii) is the topological frontier in X\mathcal XX.

One hypothesis is added to the paper and disclosed: x0x_0x0​ is not isolated for DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ (for every r>0r>0r>0 some x≠x0x\neq x_0x=x0​ has DX(x,x0)≤r\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le rDX​(x,x0​)≤r). This is Assumption 2.4(iii) at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 when the boundary of {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​} is read in an ambient Euclidean space, as the paper's remark on p. 11 does; the proof uses it, and without it the statement fails at an isolated x0x_0x0​ that is also a sample point.

Trivializing encodings are excluded: the supremum ranges only over probability measures in the ball with strictly positive fiber mass, so the conditional expectation is never evaluated at a null fiber; no Bochner integral (which is 000 for a non-integrable loss) is used; ρ<0\rho<0ρ<0 cannot enter through ofReal; and the feasible set is exactly Bρ\mathbb B_\rhoBρ​ intersected with the positive-mass constraint.

Contributions welcome: the existence of optimal couplings for lower semicontinuous costs on Polish spaces (reusable far beyond this mission), the decomposition of couplings with a finitely supported marginal, and the two halves of the goal.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, F. Zhang, S. Wang, J. Blanchet, E. Delage, Y. Ye, Robustifying conditional portfolio decisions via optimal transport, arXiv:2103.16451v3, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.16451
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Grundlehren 338, Springer, 2009 (Theorem 4.1, existence of optimal couplings). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance, Mathematics of Operations Research 48(2), 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1275
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration 3: A Monopoly AV Supplier on a Common Platform Chooses a Newsvendor-Fractile CapacityResearch Paper

Motivation

Ride-hailing platforms are expected to add autonomous vehicles (AVs) to fleets that today consist of human drivers. AVs have a cost advantage: a human driver must earn a reservation wage for every hour on the platform, while an AV owner pays a fixed capital cost per calendar hour and a smaller variable cost per operating hour. Whether that advantage reaches riders as lower prices depends on how the market is organized: who owns the AVs, and whether AVs and human drivers are dispatched on the same platform.

Z. Lian and G. van Ryzin study this question in Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration (Management Science, 2025). This mission formalizes one of their central results: when a single AV supplier (a monopoly) shares a common platform with perfectly elastic human-driver supply, its choice of AV capacity is a newsvendor problem, and the optimal capacity is the pure human-driver fleet size of the scenario at a critical fractile of the demand distribution. The version formalized here is the authors' 2023 SSRN working paper (abstract 3716491, version of 23 August 2023); all theorem and equation numbers refer to it, not to the published article.

Setting

Vehicles and demand. Riders' values for a ride-hour are uniform on [0,V][0, V][0,V]. In a scenario with potential demand mass m>0m > 0m>0, serving the demand rate d∈[0,m]d \in [0, m]d∈[0,m] requires the price p(d)=V(1−d/m)p(d) = V(1 - d/m)p(d)=V(1−d/m), and generates the revenue r(d)=d p(d) t2r(d) = d\,p(d)\,t_2r(d)=dp(d)t2​, where t2>0t_2 > 0t2​>0 is the trip time. Pickup times depend on the number sss of open vehicles through t1(s)=as−rt_1(s) = a s^{-r}t1​(s)=as−r with a>0a > 0a>0 and 0<r<10 < r < 10<r<1. Minimizing s+d(t1(s)+t2)s + d(t_1(s) + t_2)s+d(t1​(s)+t2​) over sss gives the minimal fleet needed to serve ddd,

n‾(d)=a~ d1/(r+1)+t2d,a~=r1/(r+1)a1/(r+1)+r−r/(r+1)a1/(r+1),\underline{n}(d) = \tilde a\, d^{1/(r+1)} + t_2 d, \qquad \tilde a = r^{1/(r+1)} a^{1/(r+1)} + r^{-r/(r+1)} a^{1/(r+1)},n​(d)=a~d1/(r+1)+t2​d,a~=r1/(r+1)a1/(r+1)+r−r/(r+1)a1/(r+1),

and the maximal utilization uˉ(d)=dt2/n‾(d)\bar u(d) = d t_2/\underline{n}(d)uˉ(d)=dt2​/n​(d). The function n‾\underline{n}n​ is a strictly increasing bijection of [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞); its inverse dˉ(n)\bar d(n)dˉ(n) is the largest demand that nnn vehicles can serve.

Human drivers (HVs). In this mission HV supply is perfectly elastic at reservation earnings w0w_0w0​ per hour (the paper's α=0\alpha = 0α=0). A demand rate ddd is a pure-HV equilibrium when revenue covers the minimal HV cost, r(d)=w0 n‾(d)r(d) = w_0\,\underline{n}(d)r(d)=w0​n​(d); among stable equilibria the paper selects the largest, the maximal stable equilibrium d∗d^*d∗, with fleet size nHV∗=n‾(d∗)n^*_{HV} = \underline{n}(d^*)nHV∗​=n​(d∗). The market is loose when r(m/2)>w0 n‾(m/2)r(m/2) > w_0\,\underline{n}(m/2)r(m/2)>w0​n​(m/2).

AVs. AVs cost cv>0c_v > 0cv​>0 per operating hour and cf>0c_f > 0cf​>0 per calendar hour, and cv+cf<w0c_v + c_f < w_0cv​+cf​<w0​ (Assumption 1). On a common platform, the paper shows (Proposition 6) that the variable profit per AV at fleet size nAVn_{AV}nAV​ is

πC(nAV)={w0−cv,nAV<nHV∗,p(dˉ(nAV)) uˉ(dˉ(nAV))−cv,nAV≥nHV∗.\pi^C(n_{AV}) = \begin{cases} w_0 - c_v, & n_{AV} < n^*_{HV},\\ p(\bar d(n_{AV}))\,\bar u(\bar d(n_{AV})) - c_v, & n_{AV} \ge n^*_{HV}.\end{cases}πC(nAV​)={w0​−cv​,p(dˉ(nAV​))uˉ(dˉ(nAV​))−cv​,​nAV​<nHV∗​,nAV​≥nHV∗​.​

Scenarios and the monopoly problem. Demand has III scenarios with masses m1<⋯<mIm_1 < \dots < m_Im1​<⋯<mI​ and probabilities P(mi)P(m_i)P(mi​). The monopoly chooses a capacity NNN, then a fleet nAV,i≤Nn_{AV,i} \le NnAV,i​≤N in each scenario:

max⁡N  ∑i=1IP(mi){max⁡nAV,i≤NπiC(nAV,i) nAV,i}−cfN.(5)\max_{N} \; \sum_{i=1}^{I} P(m_i)\Big\{\max_{n_{AV,i} \le N} \pi^C_i(n_{AV,i})\, n_{AV,i}\Big\} - c_f N. \tag{5}Nmax​i=1∑I​P(mi​){nAV,i​≤Nmax​πiC​(nAV,i​)nAV,i​}−cf​N.(5)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8

Let KKK be the smallest index iii with ∑j=i+1IP(mj)<cf/(w0−cv)\sum_{j=i+1}^{I} P(m_j) < c_f/(w_0 - c_v)∑j=i+1I​P(mj​)<cf​/(w0​−cv​). In a loose market,

N∗=nHV,K∗N^* = n^*_{HV,K}N∗=nHV,K∗​

is an optimal capacity for (5).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1, Item 2. n‾\underline{n}n​ is strictly increasing and a bijection of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), so dˉ\bar ddˉ is well defined.
  2. Lemma 4. Beyond nHV,i∗n^*_{HV,i}nHV,i∗​ the AV-only total variable profit pi(dAV)dAVt2−cvnAVp_i(d_{AV}) d_{AV} t_2 - c_v n_{AV}pi​(dAV​)dAV​t2​−cv​nAV​, with dAV=dˉ(nAV)d_{AV} = \bar d(n_{AV})dAV​=dˉ(nAV​), is strictly decreasing.
  3. Proposition 7. For a capacity N≥0N \ge 0N≥0, the unique optimal fleet in scenario iii is min⁡{N,nHV,i∗}\min\{N, n^*_{HV,i}\}min{N,nHV,i∗​}.
  4. Equation (20). For N≥0N \ge 0N≥0, the objective (5) equals (w0−cv)∑iP(mi)min⁡{N,nHV,i∗}−cfN(w_0 - c_v)\sum_i P(m_i)\min\{N, n^*_{HV,i}\} - c_f N(w0​−cv​)∑i​P(mi​)min{N,nHV,i∗​}−cf​N.
  5. Equation (268). For consecutive breakpoints, Π(nK+1)−Π(nK)=(∑i≥K+1P(mi)(w0−cv)−cf)(nK+1−nK)\Pi(n_{K+1}) - \Pi(n_K) = \big(\sum_{i \ge K+1} P(m_i)(w_0 - c_v) - c_f\big)(n_{K+1} - n_K)Π(nK+1​)−Π(nK​)=(∑i≥K+1​P(mi​)(w0​−cv​)−cf​)(nK+1​−nK​).
  6. Equation (271). For 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1 there is exactly one KKK with ∑i>KP(mi)<c≤∑i≥KP(mi)\sum_{i>K} P(m_i) < c \le \sum_{i\ge K} P(m_i)∑i>K​P(mi​)<c≤∑i≥K​P(mi​), and the smallest iii with ∑j>iP(mj)<c\sum_{j>i} P(m_j) < c∑j>i​P(mj​)<c is that KKK.

Significance

The result. Proposition 8 says that, on a common platform with elastic human-driver supply, a monopoly AV supplier never undercuts the human drivers' price: in every scenario it deploys at most the pure-HV fleet size, so riders pay the pure-HV price, and the whole cost advantage w0−cv−cfw_0 - c_v - c_fw0​−cv​−cf​ is retained by the supplier. Its capacity is set by the classical newsvendor trade-off between the margin w0−cvw_0 - c_vw0​−cv​ of a used AV and the fixed cost cfc_fcf​ of an idle one. With a cheap fixed cost the supplier covers the peak scenario; with an expensive one it covers only the lowest scenario and lets human drivers serve the rest. These conclusions drive the paper's policy comparison of market configurations.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. No machine-checked version exists. A complete development requires the analysis of n‾\underline{n}n​ (real powers with exponent 1/(r+1)1/(r+1)1/(r+1)), the identification of the maximal stable equilibrium under the loose-market condition, a monotonicity argument for the AV-only profit along the inverse dˉ\bar ddˉ, and the discrete newsvendor argument over a piecewise-linear concave objective. The last part is reusable for any discrete-scenario capacity problem.

Difficulty

The newsvendor step is elementary once the objective is in the form (20). The work lies in reaching (20) from (5). That requires, in each scenario, showing that the maximum over [0,N][0, N][0,N] of πiC(n) n\pi^C_i(n)\,nπiC​(n)n is attained at min⁡{N,nHV,i∗}\min\{N, n^*_{HV,i}\}min{N,nHV,i∗​}. Below nHV,i∗n^*_{HV,i}nHV,i∗​ this is linear growth; above it, the profit is a function of dˉ(n)\bar d(n)dˉ(n), an inverse of a sum of a fractional power and a linear term with no closed form, and its decrease rests on the loose-market condition placing dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​ beyond the revenue-maximizing demand mi/2m_i/2mi​/2. Without the loose-market condition the claim fails: in a thin market the only equilibrium is d∗=0d^* = 0d∗=0, and the supplier's AV-only profit need not decrease past it. The continuity of πiC\pi^C_iπiC​ at nHV,i∗n^*_{HV,i}nHV,i∗​ uses the equilibrium identity p(d∗)uˉ(d∗)=w0p(d^*)\bar u(d^*) = w_0p(d∗)uˉ(d∗)=w0​, which itself depends on identifying the maximal stable equilibrium.

Formalization scope

  • Model. All quantities are real. Scenarios are indexed by Fin I (0-based): the paper's scenario iii is index i−1i - 1i−1, ∑K+1I\sum_{K+1}^{I}∑K+1I​ is a sum over indices strictly above KKK, and "the smallest iii" is IsLeast.
  • Standing assumptions, written as explicit hypotheses: a,t2,V>0a, t_2, V > 0a,t2​,V>0; 0<r<10 < r < 10<r<1 (§6.2 uses the density effect r>0r > 0r>0; Lemma 1 Item 2 is stated for 0≤r<10 \le r < 10≤r<1); α=0\alpha = 0α=0 (§6.2); cv,cf>0c_v, c_f > 0cv​,cf​>0 and cv+cf<w0c_v + c_f < w_0cv​+cf​<w0​ (Assumption 1); 0<m1<⋯<mI0 < m_1 < \dots < m_I0<m1​<⋯<mI​; P(mi)≥0P(m_i) \ge 0P(mi​)≥0 with ∑iP(mi)=1\sum_i P(m_i) = 1∑i​P(mi​)=1; I≥1I \ge 1I≥1.
  • Pinned hypotheses. "Loose market" is condition (33), ri(mi/2)>w0 n‾(mi/2)r_i(m_i/2) > w_0\,\underline{n}(m_i/2)ri​(mi​/2)>w0​n​(mi​/2), the paper's restatement of Assumption 2, in every scenario. Definition 1's ε\varepsilonε is restricted so that d±ε∈[0,m]d \pm \varepsilon \in [0, m]d±ε∈[0,m], the domain of the inverse demand. The pure-HV equilibrium is a hypothesis IsMaxStableEq on given numbers dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​, not a choice function.
  • Proposition 6 is a definition. The common-platform equilibrium for an exogenous AV fleet is taken in the paper's summary form (251) as the definition of πiC\pi^C_iπiC​; it is not re-derived.
  • The inner maximum of (5) is a real supremum over nAV∈[0,N]n_{AV} \in [0, N]nAV​∈[0,N]. The capacity ranges over N≥0N \ge 0N≥0; for N<0N < 0N<0 the interval is empty and Lean's supremum of the empty set is 000, which is why negative capacities are excluded.
  • Optimal, not unique. The goal asserts that nHV,K∗n^*_{HV,K}nHV,K∗​ maximizes (5); when the tail probability equals the critical fractile exactly, two capacities tie.
  • No shortcut. The definition of (5) must not contain min⁡{N,nHV,i∗}\min\{N, n^*_{HV,i}\}min{N,nHV,i∗​}: Proposition 7 and (20) are milestones, and writing them into the objective would make the goal a statement about (20) alone.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, in particular Lemma 1 Item 2 and Lemma 4, whose real-analysis content is shared with the sibling missions of this series.

Selected references

  • Z. Lian, G. van Ryzin, Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration, SSRN working paper 3716491, version of 23 August 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3716491
  • Z. Lian, G. van Ryzin, Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.03112
  • P. Kolesar, A Model for Predicting Average Fire Engine Travel Times, Operations Research 23(4), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.4.603
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 3: Under the Rotation Order, Marketing Lists Serve Low-Cost Marketers Efficiently and Over- (Under-) Supply High-Cost Ones Below (Above) the Rotation PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Data brokers sell two kinds of products to marketers. A marketing list supplies the contacts a marketer needs in order to act at all; a data append enriches a list the marketer already holds. In both cases the broker can also choose how informative its accompanying analytics are, and it can price a menu of plans of different informativeness to marketers whose costs of acting it cannot observe. Liang Guo's Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) studies how such a seller should design this menu, and in particular when it should sell more or less information than would be efficient.

The paper first works with a two-point value distribution (Sections 2–3) and then, in Section 4, with a general information structure in which informativeness is ordered by the rotation order of the distribution of the posterior mean (Johnson and Myatt 2006). This mission formalizes the marketing-list result of Section 4.1: Proposition 4 (comparative statics of the efficient informativeness) and Proposition 5 (the optimal screening menu). It is the third mission of a four-mission series on the paper; the first two treat the two-point model, the fourth treats data appends under the rotation order.

Setting

A marketer's value uuu from targeting a consumer is unknown. The seller supplies a signal of informativeness α∈[α‾,αˉ]⊂(0,1)\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(0,1)α∈[α​,αˉ]⊂(0,1). The marketer's posterior mean v=E[u∣w]v=E[u\mid w]v=E[u∣w] has cumulative distribution function H(v,α)H(v,\alpha)H(v,α) on a support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ], with a strictly positive density h(v,α)h(v,\alpha)h(v,α). Bayesian updating keeps the mean fixed: ∫v‾vˉv h(v,α) dv=u^\int_{\underline v}^{\bar v} v\,h(v,\alpha)\,dv=\hat u∫v​vˉ​vh(v,α)dv=u^ for every α\alphaα, where u^\hat uu^ is the prior mean. The rotation order (9) requires a point v+∈(v‾,vˉ)v^+\in(\underline v,\bar v)v+∈(v​,vˉ) such that

∂H(v,α)∂α>0 for v<v+,∂H(v,α)∂α<0 for v>v+.\frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}>0\ \text{for } v<v^+,\qquad \frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}<0\ \text{for } v>v^+ .∂α∂H(v,α)​>0 for v<v+,∂α∂H(v,α)​<0 for v>v+.

Raising α\alphaα moves probability mass from the middle of the distribution to its tails.

The seller incurs a selling cost k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), increasing, with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0. A marketer's targeting cost is cHc_HcH​ with probability θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1) and cLc_LcL​ with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, with cH>cL>0c_H>c_L>0cH​>cL​>0. A marketer with cost ccc targets exactly when v>cv>cv>c, so informativeness α\alphaα is worth

P(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) dH(v,α).P(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,dH(v,\alpha).P(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)dH(v,α).

With observable costs (the benchmark), the seller sells to type iii the informativeness maximizing (12), Πi=θi [P(α,ci)−k(α)]\Pi_i=\theta_i\,[P(\alpha,c_i)-k(\alpha)]Πi​=θi​[P(α,ci​)−k(α)]; a maximizer is an efficient level αie\alpha^e_iαie​. With private costs, the seller offers a menu of plans (TH,αH)(T_H,\alpha_H)(TH​,αH​), (TL,αL)(T_L,\alpha_L)(TL​,αL​), with fees Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. A type-iii marketer choosing plan jjj gets Uij=−Tj+P(αj,ci)U_{ij}=-T_j+P(\alpha_j,c_i)Uij​=−Tj​+P(αj​,ci​) (13). The seller maximizes Π=θ[TH−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[TL−k(αL)]\Pi=\theta[T_H-k(\alpha_H)]+(1-\theta)[T_L-k(\alpha_L)]Π=θ[TH​−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[TL​−k(αL​)] subject to individual rationality Uii≥0U_{ii}\ge0Uii​≥0 and incentive compatibility Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​ (problem (6)). Its solutions are written αH∗,αL∗\alpha^*_H,\alpha^*_LαH∗​,αL∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

In general αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​, and if cL<cH<v+c_L<c_H<v^+cL​<cH​<v+ (resp. v+<cL<cHv^+<c_L<c_Hv+<cL​<cH​), then

αH∗>αHe(resp. αH∗<αHe).\alpha^*_H>\alpha^e_H\quad(\text{resp. } \alpha^*_H<\alpha^e_H).αH∗​>αHe​(resp. αH∗​<αHe​).

The first identity says that the low-cost marketer, the "high type" of the screening problem, receives the efficient informativeness. The second says that the high-cost marketer's informativeness is distorted, upward when both costs lie below the rotation point and downward when both lie above it. Both are stated for every optimal menu and every efficient level.

Milestones

  1. Integration by parts: P(α,c)=∫cvˉ[1−H(v,α)] dvP(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}[1-H(v,\alpha)]\,dvP(α,c)=∫cvˉ​[1−H(v,α)]dv (proof of Proposition 4).
  2. The cross derivative ∂2Πi/∂αi∂ci=θi ∂H(ci,αi)/∂αi\partial^2\Pi_i/\partial\alpha_i\partial c_i=\theta_i\,\partial H(c_i,\alpha_i)/\partial\alpha_i∂2Πi​/∂αi​∂ci​=θi​∂H(ci​,αi​)/∂αi​ and its sign on either side of v+v^+v+.
  3. Proposition 4: αie\alpha^e_iαie​ first increases and then decreases with cic_ici​, with the turning point at v+v^+v+.
  4. The reduction of (6) to the two-variable problem (14) by the binding constraints IRHIR_HIRH​ and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​.
  5. (14) integrated by parts, with the high type's rent R(αH)=∫cLcH[1−H(v,αH)] dvR(\alpha_H)=\int_{c_L}^{c_H}[1-H(v,\alpha_H)]\,dvR(αH​)=∫cL​cH​​[1−H(v,αH​)]dv, and its separation, which gives αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ for (14).
  6. The derivative ∂Π/∂αH\partial\Pi/\partial\alpha_H∂Π/∂αH​ of (14) compared with the benchmark derivative.

Significance

Proposition 4 states that the value of information to a marketer is non-monotone in the cost of acting: it is largest for costs near the rotation point v+v^+v+, where the targeting decision is hardest. Proposition 5 turns this into a pricing rule. In the two-point model the direction of the distortion depends only on the prior (Proposition 2, φ<1/2\varphi<1/2φ<1/2 or φ>1/2\varphi>1/2φ>1/2). Under the rotation order it depends on where the costs lie relative to v+v^+v+, so a seller facing marketers with low costs over-supplies information to its less profitable segment, and one facing high costs under-supplies it. The comparison with the two-point model (pp. 17–18 of the manuscript) connects the two settings through the single-crossing point of the posterior-mean distributions.

The results are proved in the paper, through integration by parts, signs of derivatives and Topkis's monotonicity theorem. None of them is formalized. Formalizing them checks the reduction of the screening problem, which the paper performs by analogy with the two-point model, including the constraints it drops without comment. It also produces a reusable treatment of rotation-ordered distribution families on an interval. Topkis's Theorem 2.8.4 is already proved on the platform and is part of this mission as a reference.

Difficulty

The obvious argument has two gaps. The first is the reduction (14). The paper substitutes the binding IRHIR_HIRH​ and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ constraints and drops IRLIR_LIRL​, ICH,LIC_{H,L}ICH,L​ and Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. That the dropped constraints hold at a solution of (14) is not shown in the paper. The second gap is strictness: Topkis's theorem compares maximizers weakly. The strict inequalities αH∗≷αHe\alpha^*_H\gtrless\alpha^e_HαH∗​≷αHe​ require showing that efficient levels are interior and that the first-order conditions differ there. This uses the footnote-5 behaviour of kkk at the endpoints and the mean-preserving property (10), which follows from (9) and the constancy of the mean.

Formalization scope

The model is one Lean structure, SellingData.ListsRotation.Model, with real parameters and its standing assumptions as fields. The committed conventions are:

  • The support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] is a bounded real interval; the paper allows an unbounded one.
  • H(⋅,α)H(\cdot,\alpha)H(⋅,α) is continuous on the support, with H(v‾,α)=0H(\underline v,\alpha)=0H(v​,α)=0, H(vˉ,α)=1H(\bar v,\alpha)=1H(vˉ,α)=1 and a strictly positive continuous density h(⋅,α)h(\cdot,\alpha)h(⋅,α). The derivative ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α exists on the support, for α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).
  • dH(v,α)dH(v,\alpha)dH(v,α) is h(v,α) dvh(v,\alpha)\,dvh(v,α)dv, so P(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) h(v,α) dvP(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,h(v,\alpha)\,dvP(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)h(v,α)dv.
  • The rotation order (9) is imposed on the open support. The mean property is a field of the model; (10) is not assumed, since it follows.
  • The costs satisfy v‾<cL<cH<vˉ\underline v<c_L<c_H<\bar vv​<cL​<cH​<vˉ.
  • kkk is monotone on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0.

Two further hypotheses are pinned, and only on the statements that need strictness or differentiation under the integral sign:

  • the footnote-5 conditions on kkk: continuity on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiability inside, k′(α‾)=0k'(\underline\alpha)=0k′(α​)=0 from the right and k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−; convexity and twice differentiability are not assumed;
  • joint continuity of ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α on [v‾,vˉ]×(0,1)[\underline v,\bar v]\times(0,1)[v​,vˉ]×(0,1).

Optimal menus and efficient levels are sets of maximizers, not chosen maximizers, because kkk need not be convex. "αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​" is the equality of the set of low-cost plans of optimal menus with the set of efficient levels. The goal is stated for the screening problem (6) itself, with all four constraints and nonnegative fees. Defining the optimal menu through (14), or efficient levels through a first-order condition, would make half of the goal a restatement of a milestone, and is ruled out. As on the page, αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ is stated with no condition on the position of the costs relative to v+v^+v+; only the comparison of αH∗\alpha^*_HαH∗​ with αHe\alpha^e_HαHe​ carries the two cost ranges. A sorry-free instance shows that the model's hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: [v‾,vˉ]=[0,1][\underline v,\bar v]=[0,1][v​,vˉ]=[0,1], H(v,α)=v+α2v(1−v)(1−2v)H(v,\alpha)=v+\tfrac{\alpha}{2}v(1-v)(1-2v)H(v,α)=v+2α​v(1−v)(1−2v), v+=u^=1/2v^+=\hat u=1/2v+=u^=1/2.

Contributions are welcome on the integration-by-parts and differentiation-under-the-integral lemmas for families of distributions on an interval, which are reusable beyond this paper, and on any milestone in any order.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025, author's manuscript. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • Justin P. Johnson and David P. Myatt, On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design, American Economic Review 96(3), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.96.3.756
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998 (Theorem 2.8.4). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Common Ownership, Competition, and Corporate Governance: Equilibrium Common Ownership Decreases in Managers' Ability to Divert Profits and Increases in the Cost of MonitoringResearch Paper

Common ownership and corporate governance

Large asset managers now hold significant stakes in many competing firms at once. When the same investor owns shares in rival firms, managers who weigh that investor's interests have an incentive to compete less hard, which raises industry profits at consumers' expense. This "softening of competition" effect is the subject of a large empirical and antitrust literature (see Azar, Schmalz and Tecu, Journal of Finance, 2018, and the review of Schmalz, Antitrust Bulletin, 2021). A natural question is then why common ownership is not complete: if buying stakes in rivals raises profits, why does an investor not buy the firms outright?

Denicolò and Panunzi (ECGI Finance Working Paper 927/2023; Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.03467) answer this with a corporate-governance cost. Common ownership is acquired from blockholders who monitor management; as a blockholder sells, his residual stake shrinks and so does his incentive to monitor, so managers appropriate more of the profit. The equilibrium level of common ownership trades off softer competition against weaker monitoring. The mission formalizes the paper's comparative statics of that trade-off with respect to the two corporate-governance parameters.

Setting

Two symmetric firms each have a blockholder owning a fraction β∈(0,1]\beta\in(0,1]β∈(0,1] of the shares; dispersed shareholders own the rest. A financial investor buys the same stake s∈[0,β]s\in[0,\beta]s∈[0,β] from each blockholder, who keeps the residual stake t=β−st=\beta-st=β−s.

Each firm's manager diverts a fraction ξ∈(0,1)\xi\in(0,1)ξ∈(0,1) of the firm's profit unless monitored. A blockholder's monitoring m∈[0,1]m\in[0,1]m∈[0,1] cuts the diversion to ξ(1−m)\xi(1-m)ξ(1−m) at a private cost C(m)C(m)C(m) per unit of profit, with C(0)=0C(0)=0C(0)=0, C′(0)=0C'(0)=0C′(0)=0, C′(1)>ξC'(1)>\xiC′(1)>ξ. Given ttt, the blockholder chooses mmm to maximize

t [1−ξ(1−m)]−C(m),t\,[1-\xi(1-m)]-C(m),t[1−ξ(1−m)]−C(m),

and an optimal monitoring rule m∗(t)m^*(t)m∗(t) is a maximizer over m∈[0,1]m\in[0,1]m∈[0,1] for every t∈[0,β]t\in[0,\beta]t∈[0,β]. In the specification studied here the cost is quadratic, C(m)=12γm2C(m)=\tfrac12\gamma m^2C(m)=21​γm2 with γ>ξ\gamma>\xiγ>ξ.

Managers maximize their own firm's profit plus a weight λ\lambdaλ on the rival's profit, where the common-ownership weight is

λ(s)=θs2(β−s)2+θs2,\lambda(s)=\frac{\theta s^2}{(\beta-s)^2+\theta s^2},λ(s)=(β−s)2+θs2θs2​,

and θ∈(0,1]\theta\in(0,1]θ∈(0,1] measures the investor's influence on managers. Equilibrium industry profit is Π∗(s)=P(λ(s))\Pi^*(s)=P(\lambda(s))Π∗(s)=P(λ(s)) for a function PPP of λ\lambdaλ determined by the product market.

The large shareholders' payoff per unit of profit is

ν∗(s)=β{1−ξ[1−m∗(β−s)]}−C[m∗(β−s)],\nu^*(s)=\beta\{1-\xi[1-m^*(\beta-s)]\}-C[m^*(\beta-s)],ν∗(s)=β{1−ξ[1−m∗(β−s)]}−C[m∗(β−s)],

and their joint surplus is S(s)=ν∗(s) Π∗(s)S(s)=\nu^*(s)\,\Pi^*(s)S(s)=ν∗(s)Π∗(s). An equilibrium level of common ownership is a stake s∗∈[0,β]s^*\in[0,\beta]s∗∈[0,β] that maximizes SSS over [0,β][0,\beta][0,β].

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

With the quadratic cost, the equilibrium level of common ownership is monotonically decreasing in ξ\xiξ and monotonically increasing in γ\gammaγ:

ξ1<ξ2 ⇒ s∗(ξ2,γ)≤s∗(ξ1,γ),γ1<γ2 ⇒ s∗(ξ,γ1)≤s∗(ξ,γ2),\xi_1<\xi_2\ \Rightarrow\ s^*(\xi_2,\gamma)\le s^*(\xi_1,\gamma),\qquad \gamma_1<\gamma_2\ \Rightarrow\ s^*(\xi,\gamma_1)\le s^*(\xi,\gamma_2),ξ1​<ξ2​ ⇒ s∗(ξ2​,γ)≤s∗(ξ1​,γ),γ1​<γ2​ ⇒ s∗(ξ,γ1​)≤s∗(ξ,γ2​),

for every equilibrium at each parameter value. The statement fixes no product-market model: it holds for every positive industry-profit function PPP of λ\lambdaλ.

Milestones

  1. The blockholder's optimal monitoring under the quadratic cost is m∗=ξ(β−s)/γm^*=\xi(\beta-s)/\gammam∗=ξ(β−s)/γ (21).
  2. The derivative of the common-ownership weight, ∂λ/∂s=2θsβ(β−s)/[(β−s)2+θs2]2\partial\lambda/\partial s=2\theta s\beta(\beta-s)/[(\beta-s)^2+\theta s^2]^2∂λ/∂s=2θsβ(β−s)/[(β−s)2+θs2]2 (18).
  3. The last step of Lemma 1: industry profit is nondecreasing in sss, strictly between 000 and β\betaβ, with a zero derivative at both ends, given the sign of ∂Π∗/∂λ\partial\Pi^*/\partial\lambda∂Π∗/∂λ.
  4. Proposition 2: for a general monitoring cost, common ownership is always partial, 0≤s∗<β0\le s^*<\beta0≤s∗<β.
  5. The marginal surplus (A2)–(A3): ∂S/∂s=(ξ2/γ)HΠ∗\partial S/\partial s=(\xi^2/\gamma)H\Pi^*∂S/∂s=(ξ2/γ)HΠ∗.
  6. The signs ∂H/∂ξ<0\partial H/\partial\xi<0∂H/∂ξ<0 and ∂H/∂γ>0\partial H/\partial\gamma>0∂H/∂γ>0.
  7. The surplus jump (A4)–(A5) between an interior stake s+s^+s+ and s=0s=0s=0, in terms of KKK.
  8. The signs ∂K/∂ξ<0\partial K/\partial\xi<0∂K/∂ξ<0 and ∂K/∂γ>0\partial K/\partial\gamma>0∂K/∂γ>0.

A companion pair covers the §7.1 variant in which the blockholder himself diverts profits at a quadratic deadweight loss 12φa2\tfrac12\varphi a^221​φa2: the optimal diversion (46) and Proposition 9, which states that equilibrium common ownership is increasing in φ\varphiφ.

Significance

Both ξ\xiξ and γ\gammaγ measure the quality of corporate-governance institutions: lower values mean fewer opportunities to divert profits and cheaper monitoring. Proposition 3 shows that the two act in opposite directions on common ownership. Stronger legal protection of shareholders (lower ξ\xiξ) raises common ownership, while cheaper monitoring (lower γ\gammaγ) lowers it. The paper uses this to argue that improvements in governance may have contributed to the rise of common ownership, and that policy aimed at governance has consequences for product-market competition. Proposition 2 gives the bound that makes the comparative statics meaningful: the investor never acquires the blockholders' entire stakes.

The results are proved in the paper by a first-order argument on an interior optimum together with a separate argument for jumps between interior and corner equilibria. No machine-checked version exists. A formalization makes the statement precise in two respects the paper leaves implicit: it holds for every equilibrium, including ties between an interior and a corner maximizer, and for every positive industry-profit function, independent of the product-market model. Along the way it records a slip in (A4), where the constant is ξ2/(2γ)\xi^2/(2\gamma)ξ2/(2γ) rather than the printed ξ2/γ\xi^2/\gammaξ2/γ; the paper uses only its sign.

Difficulty

The paper's argument differentiates the first-order condition H=0H=0H=0 of an interior optimum and treats jumps of the equilibrium separately through the sign of KKK. Implicit differentiation alone does not give the result: the surplus is not concave in sss (it can have two local maxima, one at s=0s=0s=0), the equilibrium need not be unique, and it jumps. A proof for every equilibrium therefore has to compare global maximizers at two parameter values directly rather than follow a differentiable selection.

A second difficulty is that the surplus is built from the optimal monitoring rule as a maximizer, not from its closed form: the step from the optimality predicate to the formula (21) must be proved before any algebra on ν∗\nu^*ν∗ is available. For Proposition 2 with a general cost, the optimal rule is only implicitly defined, and the comparison near s=βs=\betas=β involves a first-order gain in monitoring against a second-order loss in industry profit.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued. Stakes range over [0,β][0,\beta][0,β] and monitoring over [0,1][0,1][0,1]; an optimal monitoring rule is a function R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R constrained only on residual stakes t∈[0,β]t\in[0,\beta]t∈[0,β]. An equilibrium is a maximizer of the joint surplus on [0,β][0,\beta][0,β], ties allowed, and monotonicity is weak and asserted for every pair of equilibria. Derivatives are stated with HasDerivAt, except in the sign milestones, where deriv appears only inside strict inequalities.

Standing assumptions, all explicit hypotheses: 0<θ≤10<\theta\le10<θ≤1 and 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1 (pp. 7–8); 0<ξ<10<\xi<10<ξ<1 (ξ\xiξ is a fraction; ξ<1\xi<1ξ<1 is a disclosed pin, needed for the γ\gammaγ part); γ>ξ\gamma>\xiγ>ξ (footnote 19's form of C′(1)>ξC'(1)>\xiC′(1)>ξ); P(λ)>0P(\lambda)>0P(λ)>0 on [0,1][0,1][0,1], one PPP for both parameter values (industry profit does not depend on ξ\xiξ and γ\gammaγ). Proposition 2 assumes CCC twice continuously differentiable with C′′>0C''>0C′′>0 on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (the paper says convex but divides by C′′C''C′′), and PPP differentiable at λ=1\lambda=1λ=1 with P(1)>0P(1)>0P(1)>0. The companion assumes φ≥1\varphi\ge1φ≥1, which keeps the optimal diversion inside [0,1][0,1][0,1].

The model is the weight (17), the monitoring stage of §3.2.1, ν∗\nu^*ν∗ and SSS of (13)–(14), and the industry-profit function PPP. Proposition 1 (the bargaining reduction from the investor's offers to the maximization of the joint surplus) and the product-market game itself are not formalized: equilibrium ownership is defined, as in §4.2, as a maximizer of the symmetric surplus, and PPP is arbitrary, so the theorem covers every product-market model of §3.1.3. The paper's derivation of ∂Π∗/∂λ≥0\partial\Pi^*/\partial\lambda\ge0∂Π∗/∂λ≥0 from the product-market conditions is not posed; in milestone 3 that sign is a hypothesis. §4.2's remark on the concavity of the joint payoff is not assumed.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the surplus is never typed with the closed form of ν∗\nu^*ν∗ (monitoring is any optimal rule, and milestone 1 is the bridge), and industry profit is required to be positive, since P≡0P\equiv0P≡0 would make every stake an equilibrium.

The development needs only elementary real analysis: one-variable optimization on intervals, derivatives of rational functions, and a comparison of maximizers at two parameter values. A general monotone-selection lemma for functions with strictly increasing differences on an interval would be reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the goal that avoid the interior/corner case split, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Denicolò and F. Panunzi, Common Ownership, Competition, and Corporate Governance, ECGI Finance Working Paper 927/2023, July 24, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4523644 ; Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03467
  • J. Azar, M. C. Schmalz and I. Tecu, Anticompetitive Effects of Common Ownership, Journal of Finance 73(4), 1513–1565, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1111/jofi.12698
  • M. C. Schmalz, Recent Studies on Common Ownership, Firm Behavior, and Market Outcomes, Antitrust Bulletin 66(1), 12–38, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003603X20985804
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 2: In Selling Data Appends with Costs Below the Prior Mean, the High-Cost Plan Is Efficient and the Low-Cost Plan Carries Less Information If φ < 1/2 and More If φ > 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Data brokers sell information about consumers to firms that decide whom to target: a lender deciding whom to offer credit, a retailer deciding whom to mail. Two products dominate this market. A marketing list sells contact information together with an analysis, so that a firm cannot reach the consumer at all without buying. A data append adds information about consumers the firm already knows, so that the firm can act even without buying. Liang Guo's Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) studies how a monopoly data seller should design a menu of data products when the buyers' targeting costs are private, and shows that the answer differs sharply between the two products.

This mission formalizes the data-append result in the paper's base model with a binary targeting value: Proposition 3 (p. 13 of the author's manuscript). The companion missions of the series cover marketing lists and the general model with a rotation-ordered family of posterior distributions.

Setting

A marketer can take an action at cost c>0c>0c>0. The action yields a value u∈{u‾,uˉ}u\in\{\underline u,\bar u\}u∈{u​,uˉ}, with u=uˉu=\bar uu=uˉ with prior probability φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1), so the prior mean is u^=φuˉ+(1−φ)u‾\hat u=\varphi\bar u+(1-\varphi)\underline uu^=φuˉ+(1−φ)u​. Not acting yields 000.

The seller can produce a signal w∈{wh,wl}w\in\{w_h,w_l\}w∈{wh​,wl​} with Pr⁡(wh∣uˉ)=Pr⁡(wl∣u‾)=α\Pr(w_h\mid\bar u)=\Pr(w_l\mid\underline u)=\alphaPr(wh​∣uˉ)=Pr(wl​∣u​)=α, where the informativeness α\alphaα is chosen from [α‾,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1)[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(1/2,1)[α​,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1). The signal probabilities are σh(α)=φα+(1−φ)(1−α)\sigma_h(\alpha)=\varphi\alpha+(1-\varphi)(1-\alpha)σh​(α)=φα+(1−φ)(1−α) and σl(α)=1−σh(α)\sigma_l(\alpha)=1-\sigma_h(\alpha)σl​(α)=1−σh​(α), and the posterior means after whw_hwh​ and wlw_lwl​ are vh(α)v_h(\alpha)vh​(α) and vl(α)v_l(\alpha)vl​(α), computed by Bayes' rule. The standing assumption vl(α‾)<c<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<c<vh​(α​) makes acting worthwhile exactly after the high signal, so a marketer of cost ccc values information α\alphaα at σh(α)[vh(α)−c]\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c]σh​(α)[vh​(α)−c]. Serving a marketer with informativeness α\alphaα costs the seller k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and kkk increasing.

Marketers have cost cHc_HcH​ with probability θ\thetaθ and cL<cHc_L<c_HcL​<cH​ with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, privately known. The seller offers a menu of two plans (TH,αH)(T_H,\alpha_H)(TH​,αH​) and (TL,αL)(T_L,\alpha_L)(TL​,αL​) with fees Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. Type iii's payoff from plan jjj is

Uij=−Tj+σh(αj)[vh(αj)−ci].U_{ij}=-T_j+\sigma_h(\alpha_j)[v_h(\alpha_j)-c_i].Uij​=−Tj​+σh​(αj​)[vh​(αj​)−ci​].

With data appends, a marketer who buys nothing can still act on the prior, so its outside option is Ui0=max⁡{u^−ci,0}U_{i0}=\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}Ui0​=max{u^−ci​,0}. The seller maximizes Π=∑iθi[Ti−k(αi)]\Pi=\sum_i\theta_i[T_i-k(\alpha_i)]Π=∑i​θi​[Ti​−k(αi​)] subject to Uii≥Ui0U_{ii}\ge U_{i0}Uii​≥Ui0​ (IRiIR_iIRi​) and Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​ (ICi,i′IC_{i,i'}ICi,i′​). An optimal menu solves this problem; its informativeness levels are αH∗,αL∗\alpha_H^*,\alpha_L^*αH∗​,αL∗​.

The benchmark is the seller's problem when costs are observable: for each type it maximizes Πi=θi[σh(α)[vh(α)−ci]−k(α)]\Pi_i=\theta_i[\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c_i]-k(\alpha)]Πi​=θi​[σh​(α)[vh​(α)−ci​]−k(α)] over [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ]. Any maximizer is an efficient informativeness αie\alpha_i^eαie​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 13)

When cL<cH<u^c_L<c_H<\hat ucL​<cH​<u^:

{αH∗}={αHe},φ<12 ⇒ αL∗<αLe,φ>12 ⇒ αL∗>αLe.\{\alpha_H^*\}=\{\alpha_H^e\},\qquad \varphi<\tfrac12\ \Rightarrow\ \alpha_L^*<\alpha_L^e,\qquad \varphi>\tfrac12\ \Rightarrow\ \alpha_L^*>\alpha_L^e .{αH∗​}={αHe​},φ<21​ ⇒ αL∗​<αLe​,φ>21​ ⇒ αL∗​>αLe​.

The first claim is an equality of sets: the high-cost informativeness levels of optimal menus are exactly the efficient ones at cHc_HcH​. The inequalities hold for every optimal menu and every efficient αLe\alpha_L^eαLe​.

Milestones

  1. Willingness to pay (§3.2, p. 13): for cL<cH<u^c_L<c_H<\hat ucL​<cH​<u^, Uij−Ui0=−Tj+σl(αj)[ci−vl(αj)]U_{ij}-U_{i0}=-T_j+\sigma_l(\alpha_j)[c_i-v_l(\alpha_j)]Uij​−Ui0​=−Tj​+σl​(αj​)[ci​−vl​(αj​)], which is increasing in cic_ici​.
  2. Reduction (8) (p. 13): with IRLIR_LIRL​ and ICH,LIC_{H,L}ICH,L​ binding, the problem becomes the maximization over (αH,αL)(\alpha_H,\alpha_L)(αH​,αL​) of
θ[σh(αH)[vh(αH)−cH]−σh(αL)(cL−cH)−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[σh(αL)[vh(αL)−cL]−k(αL)]−u^+cL.\theta\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_H)[v_h(\alpha_H)-c_H]-\sigma_h(\alpha_L)(c_L-c_H)-k(\alpha_H)\big]+(1-\theta)\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_L)[v_h(\alpha_L)-c_L]-k(\alpha_L)\big]-\hat u+c_L .θ[σh​(αH​)[vh​(αH​)−cH​]−σh​(αL​)(cL​−cH​)−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[σh​(αL​)[vh​(αL​)−cL​]−k(αL​)]−u^+cL​.
  1. The αL\alpha_LαL​-derivatives (proof of Proposition 3, p. 32): the benchmark derivative (1−θ)[φ(uˉ−cL)−(1−φ)(u‾−cL)−k′(αL)](1-\theta)[\varphi(\bar u-c_L)-(1-\varphi)(\underline u-c_L)-k'(\alpha_L)](1−θ)[φ(uˉ−cL​)−(1−φ)(u​−cL​)−k′(αL​)] and the derivative of (8), which adds θ(1−2φ)(cL−cH)\theta(1-2\varphi)(c_L-c_H)θ(1−2φ)(cL​−cH​).

Significance

The result says that a data seller's distortion depends on the product's form. With marketing lists the low-cost marketers are the high type, their plan is efficient, and the high-cost plan is distorted (Proposition 2, p. 11). With data appends and costs below the prior mean, the outside option u^−ci\hat u-c_iu^−ci​ falls with cic_ici​ faster than the value of information does, so high-cost marketers have the larger willingness to pay. The roles of the types switch, the low-cost plan is distorted, and the direction of the distortion is reversed, giving the paper's "double mirror image" (p. 13). The direction is set by the skewness of the prior through the sign of 1−2φ1-2\varphi1−2φ, not by an assumed single-crossing condition.

The result is proved in the paper, in an appendix argument of a few lines that invokes Topkis's monotonicity theorem. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it makes explicit what the printed proof leaves to the reader: that the constraints dropped in (8) hold at its optimum, that the efficient and optimal informativeness need not be unique, and which regularity of kkk the strict inequalities need.

Difficulty

The obvious argument substitutes the binding constraints, compares first-order conditions, and invokes Topkis's theorem. Three steps of it are not automatic. First, the reduction drops IRHIR_HIRH​, ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ and the nonnegativity of fees; these must be shown to hold at every maximizer of (8), and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ holds only because the maximizers of (8) are ordered in the right direction, which is itself a comparative-statics fact. Second, the reduction identifies the optimal menus only if (8) attains its maximum. Third, Topkis's theorem yields only weak inequalities, αL∗≤αLe\alpha_L^*\le\alpha_L^eαL∗​≤αLe​; strictness needs the efficient informativeness to be interior and kkk to be differentiable there, which footnote 5 (p. 7) supplies. Without it, both optima can sit at the same corner α‾\underline\alphaα​ or αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated over R\mathbb RR in the sub-namespace SellingData.AppendsBinary. The two types form an inductive type CostType with constructors H and L. A Model structure holds u‾<uˉ\underline u<\bar uu​<uˉ, φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1), 1/2<α‾<αˉ<11/2<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<11/2<α​<αˉ<1, θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1), 0<cL<cH0<c_L<c_H0<cL​<cH​, k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0, kkk weakly increasing on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], and the standing assumption vl(α‾)<ci<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c_i<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<ci​<vh​(α​) for both costs. The posteriors are defined with the divisions of the paper's (2). The outside option is the printed max⁡{u^−ci,0}\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}max{u^−ci​,0}.

Optimality and efficiency are predicates on maximizers, never a chosen maximizer. The optimal menu is defined from the data-append screening problem itself; defining it through (8) would make the first claim of the goal trivial and is ruled out. The goal additionally assumes the part of footnote 5 that the strict inequalities need: kkk continuous on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiable on (α‾,αˉ)(\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha)(α​,αˉ), right derivative 000 at α‾\underline\alphaα​, and k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−. Convexity and twice differentiability, which the footnote also lists, are not assumed. The milestones carry only what they need: none for the willingness to pay, continuity of kkk for one part of the reduction, and differentiability at the point for the derivative.

A complete development needs Bayes posteriors for a symmetric binary signal, elementary calculus (derivatives, the mean value theorem, extrema on compact intervals), and Topkis's monotonicity theorem, which is on the platform (Theorem 2.8.4) and is referenced by this mission. Proofs of the milestones and of the goal are welcome. Lemmas on the binary-signal posteriors (for instance the identity σh(α)vh(α)+σl(α)vl(α)=u^\sigma_h(\alpha)v_h(\alpha)+\sigma_l(\alpha)v_l(\alpha)=\hat uσh​(α)vh​(α)+σl​(α)vl​(α)=u^) are reusable by the companion mission on marketing lists.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025, author's manuscript. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. doi:10.1515/9781400822539
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 30 of 90Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me